US20080047677A1 - Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material - Google Patents
Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080047677A1 US20080047677A1 US11/851,232 US85123207A US2008047677A1 US 20080047677 A1 US20080047677 A1 US 20080047677A1 US 85123207 A US85123207 A US 85123207A US 2008047677 A1 US2008047677 A1 US 2008047677A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- paper
- image
- recording material
- layer
- toner
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 271
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 59
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 36
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000000859 sublimation Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000008022 sublimation Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 263
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 253
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 136
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 83
- -1 silver halide Chemical class 0.000 description 77
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 75
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 66
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 57
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 55
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 53
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 53
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 47
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 47
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 45
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 40
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 38
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 36
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 36
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 35
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 30
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 28
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 28
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 28
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 28
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 23
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 22
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 19
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 16
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000006224 matting agent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 14
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 14
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 13
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium sulfate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 239000006081 fluorescent whitening agent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 10
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 8
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 235000021357 Behenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940116226 behenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Abietic-Saeure Natural products C12CCC(C(C)C)=CC2=CCC2C1(C)CCCC2(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Al](Cl)Cl VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 6
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 6
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002655 kraft paper Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 6
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 6
- JMANVNJQNLATNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalonitrile Chemical compound N#CC#N JMANVNJQNLATNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 5
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-HUOMCSJISA-N Rosin Natural products O(C/C=C/c1ccccc1)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-HUOMCSJISA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Inorganic materials [Ca]=O ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000003490 calendering Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000013065 commercial product Substances 0.000 description 5
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 5
- KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-cinnamyl beta-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012178 vegetable wax Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl acrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C=C BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000011354 acetal resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCCCCO WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000701 coagulant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000009931 harmful effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000001023 inorganic pigment Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002932 luster Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012184 mineral wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012169 petroleum derived wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019381 petroleum wax Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 4
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YSGSDAIMSCVPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N valyl-methionine Chemical compound CSCCC(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(N)C(C)C YSGSDAIMSCVPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Diethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 3
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001807 Urea-formaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 3
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical compound ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000012164 animal wax Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010009 beating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005587 bubbling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000292 calcium oxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005606 carbostyryl group Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 3
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052593 corundum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011121 hardwood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011256 inorganic filler Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910003475 inorganic filler Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010954 inorganic particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011146 organic particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920005668 polycarbonate resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004431 polycarbonate resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920005672 polyolefin resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 3
- DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene 2,4-diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1N=C=O DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910001845 yogo sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- DSEKYWAQQVUQTP-XEWMWGOFSA-N (2r,4r,4as,6as,6as,6br,8ar,12ar,14as,14bs)-2-hydroxy-4,4a,6a,6b,8a,11,11,14a-octamethyl-2,4,5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12,12a,13,14,14b-tetradecahydro-1h-picen-3-one Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@]2(C)CC[C@@]34C)C(C)(C)CC[C@]1(C)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@]1(C)[C@H]3C[C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@@H]1C DSEKYWAQQVUQTP-XEWMWGOFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BBMCTIGTTCKYKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-heptanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCO BBMCTIGTTCKYKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHBAYNMEIXUTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloroethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical group ClCCOC(=O)C=C WHBAYNMEIXUTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CFVWNXQPGQOHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(=O)C=C CFVWNXQPGQOHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylmethacrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper oxide Chemical compound [Cu]=O QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004640 Melamine resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 2
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002845 Poly(methacrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002174 Styrene-butadiene Substances 0.000 description 2
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terephthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DIZPMCHEQGEION-UHFFFAOYSA-H aluminium sulfate (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Al+3].[Al+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O DIZPMCHEQGEION-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium oxide Inorganic materials [Ba]=O QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XJHABGPPCLHLLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[de]isoquinoline-1,3-dione Chemical class C1=CC(C(=O)NC2=O)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 XJHABGPPCLHLLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butadiene-styrene rubber Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C=C CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920006026 co-polymeric resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011436 cob Substances 0.000 description 2
- XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) phthalocyanine Chemical compound [Cu+2].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004775 coumarins Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical class C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000986 disperse dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007720 emulsion polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)=C SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004519 grease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 2
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCO ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lauryl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MOUPNEIJQCETIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N lead chromate Chemical compound [Pb+2].[O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O MOUPNEIJQCETIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004611 light stabiliser Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010187 litholrubine BK Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- JKQOBWVOAYFWKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N molybdenum trioxide Chemical compound O=[Mo](=O)=O JKQOBWVOAYFWKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012170 montan wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005011 phenolic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WRAQQYDMVSCOTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 WRAQQYDMVSCOTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920001495 poly(sodium acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001467 poly(styrenesulfonates) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006068 polycondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013055 pulp slurry Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003219 pyrazolines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CYIDZMCFTVVTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyromellitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(C(O)=O)=C(C(O)=O)C=C1C(O)=O CYIDZMCFTVVTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940043267 rhodamine b Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium polyacrylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C=C NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229940006186 sodium polystyrene sulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004328 sodium tetraborate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011115 styrene butadiene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005792 styrene-acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001016 thiazine dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N thioindigo Chemical compound S\1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C/1=C1/C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2S1 JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004684 trihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylmethane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007514 turning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002966 varnish Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012463 white pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001018 xanthene dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- HUGACAUYNJDGTB-ISLYRVAYSA-N (2e)-5-chloro-2-(5-chloro-7-methyl-3-oxo-1-benzothiophen-2-ylidene)-7-methyl-1-benzothiophen-3-one Chemical compound S1C=2C(C)=CC(Cl)=CC=2C(=O)\C1=C(C1=O)/SC2=C1C=C(Cl)C=C2C HUGACAUYNJDGTB-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XVOUMQNXTGKGMA-OWOJBTEDSA-N (E)-glutaconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C\C=C\C(O)=O XVOUMQNXTGKGMA-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUYIZQZWDFCUTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (pentadecachlorophthalocyaninato(2-))-copper Chemical compound [Cu+2].N1=C([N-]2)C3=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C3C2=NC(C2=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C22)=NC2=NC(C2=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C22)=NC2=NC2=C(C(Cl)=C(C(Cl)=C3)Cl)C3=C1[N-]2 GUYIZQZWDFCUTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VGHSXKTVMPXHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisocyanatobenzene Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=CC(N=C=O)=C1 VGHSXKTVMPXHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound O=C1C=CC(=O)C=C1 AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBMQNRKSAWNXBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diaminoanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2N FBMQNRKSAWNXBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHPNHQRWWMLKPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dihydroxy-5,8-bis(2-hydroxyethylamino)anthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCO)=CC=C2NCCO WHPNHQRWWMLKPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBIJFIUDKPXMAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-dinitroanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2[N+](=O)[O-] MBIJFIUDKPXMAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLXFWUZKOOWWFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-4-(methylamino)anthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCO)=CC=C2NC NLXFWUZKOOWWFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITYXXSSJBOAGAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(methylamino)-4-(4-methylanilino)anthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound C1=2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C(=O)C=2C(NC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 ITYXXSSJBOAGAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSNILPMOSNGHLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-methoxy-3-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethanone Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C(C)=O)C=C1CN1CCCCC1 OSNILPMOSNGHLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPDRRRCQUXHHLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-amino-2-bromo-4-(4-methylanilino)anthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1NC1=CC(Br)=C(N)C2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O SPDRRRCQUXHHLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ICVRBKCRXNVOJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-amino-4-(methylamino)anthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2NC ICVRBKCRXNVOJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTZVZZJJVJQZHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-4-ethenylbenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 KTZVZZJJVJQZHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZCMOJQQLBXBKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2-methylpropane Chemical compound CC(C)COC=C OZCMOJQQLBXBKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RCSKFKICHQAKEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenylindole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C=C)C=CC2=C1 RCSKFKICHQAKEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTXUTPWZJZHRJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenylpyrrole Chemical compound C=CN1C=CC=C1 CTXUTPWZJZHRJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIDSTEJLDQMWBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanatododecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN=C=O YIDSTEJLDQMWBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDQNKCYCTYYMAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanatonaphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N=C=O)=CC=CC2=C1 BDQNKCYCTYYMAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGDWUQFZMXWDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-oxido-1,3-thiazole Chemical class [O-]S1=CN=C=C1 YGDWUQFZMXWDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGGDKDTUCAWDAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-vinylnaphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C=C)=CC=CC2=C1 IGGDKDTUCAWDAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRPZMMHWLSIFAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10-undecenoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC=C FRPZMMHWLSIFAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1h-imidazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=2NC=CN=2)=C1 JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEPOKWHJYJXUGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-phenylmethoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CSC(C=2C=C(OCC=3C=CC=CC=3)C=CC=2)=N1 OEPOKWHJYJXUGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Chemical group CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C=C GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWLHAQYOFMQTHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-N-[8-[[8-(4-aminoanilino)-10-phenylphenazin-10-ium-2-yl]amino]-10-phenylphenazin-10-ium-2-yl]-8-N,10-diphenylphenazin-10-ium-2,8-diamine hydroxy-oxido-dioxochromium Chemical compound O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O.O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O.O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O.Nc1ccc(Nc2ccc3nc4ccc(Nc5ccc6nc7ccc(Nc8ccc9nc%10ccc(Nc%11ccccc%11)cc%10[n+](-c%10ccccc%10)c9c8)cc7[n+](-c7ccccc7)c6c5)cc4[n+](-c4ccccc4)c3c2)cc1 FWLHAQYOFMQTHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSUUPKMDJYPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-methyl-2-nitrophenyl)diazenyl]-3-oxo-n-phenylbutanamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC(=O)C(C(=O)C)N=NC1=CC=C(C)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O MFYSUUPKMDJYPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXGFMDJXCMQABM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-6-methylphenol Chemical compound [CH]OC1=CC=CC([CH])=C1O KXGFMDJXCMQABM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGBXYHCHUYARJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 AGBXYHCHUYARJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHAKKGRAHSSERD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 23-chloro-2-azaheptacyclo[16.12.0.03,16.05,14.07,12.020,29.022,27]triaconta-1,3,5(14),7,9,11,16,18,20(29),22(27),23,25-dodecaene-6,13,21,28-tetrone Chemical compound Clc1cccc2C(=O)C3=C(C=c4cc5CC6=C(C=c5nc4C3)C(=O)c3ccccc3C6=O)C(=O)c12 NHAKKGRAHSSERD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Diphenylmethane Diisocyanate Chemical compound C1=CC(N=C=O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZSFTHVIIGGDOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5,6,7-tetrachloro-3-[2-methyl-3-[(4,5,6,7-tetrachloro-3-oxoisoindol-1-yl)amino]anilino]isoindol-1-one Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C2=C1C(NC1=CC=CC(NC=3C4=C(C(=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C4Cl)Cl)C(=O)N=3)=C1C)=NC2=O WZSFTHVIIGGDOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQTHNRQQJWMZII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(10-methylundec-1-enoxy)-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCC=COC(=O)CCC(O)=O ZQTHNRQQJWMZII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXZOXNABSICELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(10-methylundecoxy)-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCC(O)=O FXZOXNABSICELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNSJALHBDXPKBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(6-methylhept-1-enoxy)-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC=COC(=O)CCC(O)=O RNSJALHBDXPKBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDHAMQZZWGKACC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(6-methylheptoxy)-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCOC(=O)CCC(O)=O QDHAMQZZWGKACC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMVDOFFZBJOCCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dodec-1-enoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC=COC(=O)CCC(O)=O GMVDOFFZBJOCCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWYAUHJRUCQFCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dodecoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCC(O)=O LWYAUHJRUCQFCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDDUUHBRMWYBJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-oct-1-enoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCC=COC(=O)CCC(O)=O RDDUUHBRMWYBJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKNYEUXAXWTAPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-octoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCC(O)=O CKNYEUXAXWTAPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REJHVSOVQBJEBF-OWOJBTEDSA-N 5-azaniumyl-2-[(e)-2-(4-azaniumyl-2-sulfonatophenyl)ethenyl]benzenesulfonate Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC(N)=CC=C1\C=C\C1=CC=C(N)C=C1S(O)(=O)=O REJHVSOVQBJEBF-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFNMUZCFSDMZPQ-GHXNOFRVSA-N 7-[(z)-3-methyl-4-(4-methyl-5-oxo-2h-furan-2-yl)but-2-enoxy]chromen-2-one Chemical class C=1C=C2C=CC(=O)OC2=CC=1OC/C=C(/C)CC1OC(=O)C(C)=C1 CFNMUZCFSDMZPQ-GHXNOFRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGLVZFOCZLHKOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8,18-dichloro-5,15-diethyl-5,15-dihydrodiindolo(3,2-b:3',2'-m)triphenodioxazine Chemical compound CCN1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C=C1OC3=C(Cl)C4=NC(C=C5C6=CC=CC=C6N(C5=C5)CC)=C5OC4=C(Cl)C3=NC1=C2 CGLVZFOCZLHKOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUSDWZAXWXOCCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-bromononacyclo[18.10.2.22,5.03,16.04,13.06,11.017,31.021,26.028,32]tetratriaconta-1(30),2,4,6(11),7,9,13,15,17(31),18,20(32),21,23,25,28,33-hexadecaene-12,27-dione Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=CC=C3C(C4=C56)=CC=C5C5=CC=C(Br)C=C5C(=O)C6=CC=C4C4=C3C2=C1C=C4 XUSDWZAXWXOCCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQACOLQNOUYJCE-FYZZASKESA-N Abietic acid Natural products CC(C)C1=CC2=CC[C@]3(C)[C@](C)(CCC[C@@]3(C)C(=O)O)[C@H]2CC1 BQACOLQNOUYJCE-FYZZASKESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyraldehyde Chemical compound CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBOCVOKPQGJKKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium formate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C=O.[O-]C=O CBOCVOKPQGJKKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920008347 Cellulose acetate propionate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- REEFSLKDEDEWAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloraniformethan Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(NC(NC=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)C=C1Cl REEFSLKDEDEWAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004709 Chlorinated polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005046 Chlorosilane Substances 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JSFUMBWFPQSADC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disperse Blue 1 Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(N)C=CC(N)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2N JSFUMBWFPQSADC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical class C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical class OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005057 Hexamethylene diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WZELXJBMMZFDDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazol-2-one Chemical class O=C1N=CC=N1 WZELXJBMMZFDDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQILFGKZUJYXGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indigo dye Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4N3)O)=NC2=C1 QQILFGKZUJYXGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000000177 Indigofera tinctoria Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005058 Isophorone diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYCMBHHDWRMZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylacrylonitrile Chemical compound CC(=C)C#N GYCMBHHDWRMZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004368 Modified starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKZWVPJBSVYMNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N=C=O.C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound N=C=O.C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DKZWVPJBSVYMNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKCBUQHMOMHUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Na2O Inorganic materials [O-2].[Na+].[Na+] KKCBUQHMOMHUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ALQSHHUCVQOPAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane-1,5-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCO ALQSHHUCVQOPAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001328 Polyvinylidene chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019484 Rapeseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000000111 Saccharum officinarum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007201 Saccharum officinarum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910021607 Silver chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N Stilbene Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical compound OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical class C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000004 White lead Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCC(CO)CC1 YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JSQFXMIMWAKJQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [9-(2-carboxyphenyl)-6-(ethylamino)xanthen-3-ylidene]-diethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(NCC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O JSQFXMIMWAKJQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N acetaldehyde Chemical compound [14CH]([14CH3])=O IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000999 acridine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006243 acrylic copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC#N.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001893 acrylonitrile styrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004964 aerogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004378 air conditioning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008431 aliphatic amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000180 alkyd Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- HXBPYFMVGFDZFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl isocyanate Chemical compound C=CCN=C=O HXBPYFMVGFDZFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004645 aluminates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VXAUWWUXCIMFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-M aluminum;oxygen(2-);hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[O-2].[Al+3] VXAUWWUXCIMFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ANBBXQWFNXMHLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum;sodium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Na+].[Al+3] ANBBXQWFNXMHLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006318 anionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001000 anthraquinone dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000987 azo dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L azure blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[S-]S[S-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium atom Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POJOORKDYOPQLS-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium(2+) 5-chloro-2-[(2-hydroxynaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Ba+2].C1=C(Cl)C(C)=CC(N=NC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2O)=C1S([O-])(=O)=O.C1=C(Cl)C(C)=CC(N=NC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2O)=C1S([O-])(=O)=O POJOORKDYOPQLS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- AYJRCSIUFZENHW-DEQYMQKBSA-L barium(2+);oxomethanediolate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-][14C]([O-])=O AYJRCSIUFZENHW-DEQYMQKBSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001680 bayerite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940092738 beeswax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KLCBMAACUWYFIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[1,2-c:4,5-c']diacridine-6,9,15,18(5h,14h)-tetrone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=C4C(=O)C5=C(NC=6C(=CC=CC=6)C6=O)C6=CC=C5C(=O)C4=C3NC2=C1 KLCBMAACUWYFIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001593 boehmite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010338 boric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005619 boric acid group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- INLLPKCGLOXCIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromoethene Chemical compound BrC=C INLLPKCGLOXCIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004067 bulking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QUEICCDHEFTIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,3-diene;2-ethenylpyridine;styrene Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C=CC1=CC=CC=N1 QUEICCDHEFTIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLIYQWXIWMRMGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,3-diene;methyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC=C.COC(=O)C(C)=C KLIYQWXIWMRMGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHIWVLPBUQWDMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl prop-2-enoate;methyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.COC(=O)C(C)=C.CCCCOC(=O)C=C QHIWVLPBUQWDMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004281 calcium formate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019255 calcium formate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940044172 calcium formate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ca+2] BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- KHAVLLBUVKBTBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N caproleic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=C KHAVLLBUVKBTBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001716 carbazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920003090 carboxymethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006317 cationic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003086 cellulose ether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012461 cellulose resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- HBHZKFOUIUMKHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl1982121 Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1N=NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O HBHZKFOUIUMKHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PZTQVMXMKVTIRC-UHFFFAOYSA-L chembl2028348 Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C)=CC=C1N=NC1=C(O)C(C([O-])=O)=CC2=CC=CC=C12 PZTQVMXMKVTIRC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- HGAZMNJKRQFZKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroethene;ethenyl acetate Chemical compound ClC=C.CC(=O)OC=C HGAZMNJKRQFZKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YACLQRRMGMJLJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprene Chemical compound ClC(=C)C=C YACLQRRMGMJLJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOPOQZFJUQMUML-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorosilane Chemical class Cl[SiH3] KOPOQZFJUQMUML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromane Chemical class C1=CC=C2CCCOC2=C1 VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N citraconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(/C)=C\C(O)=O HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940018557 citraconic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052570 clay Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000428 cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(ii) oxide Chemical compound [Co]=O IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008119 colloidal silica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000498 cooling water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001648 diaspore Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000664 diazo group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001990 dicarboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PPSZHCXTGRHULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxazine Chemical compound O1ON=CC=C1 PPSZHCXTGRHULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005125 dioxazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KZHJGOXRZJKJNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O KZHJGOXRZJKJNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=CC=CC=C1 CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003344 environmental pollutant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MEGHWIAOTJPCHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OC=C MEGHWIAOTJPCHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- PLYDMIIYRWUYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-[[2-chloro-4-[3-chloro-4-[(3-ethoxycarbonyl-5-oxo-1-phenyl-4h-pyrazol-4-yl)diazenyl]phenyl]phenyl]diazenyl]-5-oxo-1-phenyl-4h-pyrazole-3-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=NN(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)C1N=NC(C(=C1)Cl)=CC=C1C(C=C1Cl)=CC=C1N=NC(C(=N1)C(=O)OCC)C(=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 PLYDMIIYRWUYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007765 extrusion coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011790 ferrous sulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003891 ferrous sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940091249 fluoride supplement Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001973 fluoroelastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XUCNUKMRBVNAPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoroethene Chemical compound FC=C XUCNUKMRBVNAPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQSQSQZYBQSBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorosulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(F)(=O)=O UQSQSQZYBQSBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000855 fungicidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000417 fungicide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001679 gibbsite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010985 glycerol esters of wood rosin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007646 gravure printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000591 gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940005740 hexametaphosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANJPRQPHZGHVQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexyl isocyanate Chemical compound CCCCCCN=C=O ANJPRQPHZGHVQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010720 hydraulic oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011167 hydrochloric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000687 hydroquinonyl group Chemical class C1(O)=C(C=C(O)C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- FAHBNUUHRFUEAI-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxidooxidoaluminium Chemical compound O[Al]=O FAHBNUUHRFUEAI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920002681 hypalon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019239 indanthrene blue RS Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UHOKSCJSTAHBSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N indanthrone blue Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=C4NC5=C6C(=O)C7=CC=CC=C7C(=O)C6=CC=C5NC4=C3C(=O)C2=C1 UHOKSCJSTAHBSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940097275 indigo Drugs 0.000 description 1
- COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N indigo powder Natural products N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C1=C1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2N1 COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium(III) oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[In+3].[In+3] PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001506 inorganic fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SURQXAFEQWPFPV-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron(2+) sulfate heptahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Fe+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O SURQXAFEQWPFPV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H iron(3+) sulfate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[Fe+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 229910000359 iron(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(II,III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]O[Fe]=O SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000360 iron(III) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindolin-1-one Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(=O)NCC2=C1 PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophorone diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N=C=O)CC(C)(CN=C=O)C1 NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012182 japan wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940119170 jojoba wax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000464 lead oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940107698 malachite green Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FDZZZRQASAIRJF-UHFFFAOYSA-M malachite green Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)=C1C=CC(=[N+](C)C)C=C1 FDZZZRQASAIRJF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940002712 malachite green oxalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NYGZLYXAPMMJTE-UHFFFAOYSA-M metanil yellow Chemical group [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC(N=NC=2C=CC(NC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)=C1 NYGZLYXAPMMJTE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920003145 methacrylic acid copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl vinyl ether Chemical compound COC=C XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenebutanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(=C)C(O)=O LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004200 microcrystalline wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019808 microcrystalline wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019426 modified starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052863 mullite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002365 multiple layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNHVTXYLRVGMHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyl isocyanate Chemical compound CCCCN=C=O HNHVTXYLRVGMHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKFHAJHLJHVUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-vinylcarbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C=C)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 KKFHAJHLJHVUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRRDCWDFRIJIQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,8-dicarboxylic acid Chemical class C1=CC(C(O)=O)=C2C(C(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 HRRDCWDFRIJIQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LYRFLYHAGKPMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(N)=O LYRFLYHAGKPMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANISOHQJBAQUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C ANISOHQJBAQUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007645 offset printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012766 organic filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001254 oxidized starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013808 oxidized starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEXPOXQUZXUXJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolead Chemical compound [Pb]=O YEXPOXQUZXUXJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- BNIXVQGCZULYKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentachloroethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl BNIXVQGCZULYKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 1
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001568 phenolic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006287 phenoxy resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013034 phenoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- DGTNSSLYPYDJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl isocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DGTNSSLYPYDJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003022 phthalic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001007 phthalocyanine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000719 pollutant Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920003227 poly(N-vinyl carbazole) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000767 polyaniline Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001083 polybutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920013716 polyethylene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004848 polyfunctional curative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005518 polymer electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005749 polyurethane resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001290 polyvinyl ester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005033 polyvinylidene chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NOTVAPJNGZMVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium monoxide Inorganic materials [K]O[K] NOTVAPJNGZMVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- SCUZVMOVTVSBLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enenitrile;styrene Chemical compound C=CC#N.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 SCUZVMOVTVSBLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003151 propanoic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012752 quinoline yellow Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004172 quinoline yellow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051201 quinoline yellow Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline yellow Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C3C(C4=CC=CC=C4C3=O)=O)=CC=C21 IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007151 ring opening polymerisation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- AZJPTIGZZTZIDR-UHFFFAOYSA-L rose bengal Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1C1=C2C=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2OC2=C(I)C([O-])=C(I)C=C21 AZJPTIGZZTZIDR-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- STRXNPAVPKGJQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N rose bengal A Natural products O1C(=O)C(C(=CC=C2Cl)Cl)=C2C21C1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1OC1=C(I)C(O)=C(I)C=C21 STRXNPAVPKGJQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003330 sebacic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- FZHAPNGMFPVSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silanamine Chemical class [SiH3]N FZHAPNGMFPVSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004945 silicone rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver bromide Chemical compound [Ag]Br ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver monochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Ag+] HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910021647 smectite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- VVNRQZDDMYBBJY-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium 1-[(1-sulfonaphthalen-2-yl)diazenyl]naphthalen-2-olate Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=CC2=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(N=NC3=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=C3O)=CC=C21 VVNRQZDDMYBBJY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910001388 sodium aluminate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011121 sodium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003980 solgel method Methods 0.000 description 1
- LJFWQNJLLOFIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N solvent violet 13 Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(O)C2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O LJFWQNJLLOFIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940084106 spermaceti Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012177 spermaceti Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021286 stilbenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NVKTUNLPFJHLCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium chromate Chemical compound [Sr+2].[O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O NVKTUNLPFJHLCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001909 styrene-acrylic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003440 styrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003900 succinic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IIACRCGMVDHOTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfamic acid Chemical class NS(O)(=O)=O IIACRCGMVDHOTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004964 sulfoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000979 synthetic dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001017 thiazole dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- FOZHTJJTSSSURD-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium(4+);dicarbonate Chemical compound [Ti+4].[O-]C([O-])=O.[O-]C([O-])=O FOZHTJJTSSSURD-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 229940078499 tricalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000391 tricalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019731 tricalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- RBKBGHZMNFTKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium 2-[(2-oxido-3-sulfo-6-sulfonatonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]benzoate Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C(=C1)C(=O)[O-])N=NC2=C3C=CC(=CC3=CC(=C2[O-])S(=O)(=O)O)S(=O)(=O)[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+] RBKBGHZMNFTKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000013799 ultramarine blue Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006097 ultraviolet radiation absorber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002703 undecylenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003673 urethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UGCDBQWJXSAYIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N vat blue 6 Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C(C=C2Cl)=C1C1=C2NC2=C(C(=O)C=3C(=CC=CC=3)C3=O)C3=CC(Cl)=C2N1 UGCDBQWJXSAYIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000984 vat dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- KOTVVDDZWMCZBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N vat violet 1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C[C]2C(=O)C(C=CC3=C4C=C(C=5C=6C(C([C]7C=CC=CC7=5)=O)=CC=C5C4=6)Cl)=C4C3=C5C=C(Cl)C4=C21 KOTVVDDZWMCZBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLWJPGAKXJBKKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N victoria blue B Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N(C)C)=C(C=C1)C2=CC=CC=C2C1=[NH+]C1=CC=CC=C1 LLWJPGAKXJBKKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOZCZZVUFDCZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N vinyl benzoate Chemical compound C=COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KOZCZZVUFDCZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UKRDPEFKFJNXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vinylsilane Chemical class [SiH3]C=C UKRDPEFKFJNXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKSGNOMLAIJTLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N violanthrone Chemical compound C12=C3C4=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C1=CC=C3C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=C4C1=C32 YKSGNOMLAIJTLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002351 wastewater Substances 0.000 description 1
- XOSXWYQMOYSSKB-LDKJGXKFSA-L water blue Chemical compound CC1=CC(/C(\C(C=C2)=CC=C2NC(C=C2)=CC=C2S([O-])(=O)=O)=C(\C=C2)/C=C/C\2=N\C(C=C2)=CC=C2S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=C1N.[Na+].[Na+] XOSXWYQMOYSSKB-LDKJGXKFSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010698 whale oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002087 whitening effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- UGZADUVQMDAIAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Zn+2] UGZADUVQMDAIAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940007718 zinc hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910021511 zinc hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc sulfate Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000368 zinc sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960001763 zinc sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000859 α-Fe Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G7/00—Selection of materials for use in image-receiving members, i.e. for reversal by physical contact; Manufacture thereof
- G03G7/006—Substrates for image-receiving members; Image-receiving members comprising only one layer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41M—PRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
- B41M5/00—Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
- B41M5/26—Thermography ; Marking by high energetic means, e.g. laser otherwise than by burning, and characterised by the material used
- B41M5/40—Thermography ; Marking by high energetic means, e.g. laser otherwise than by burning, and characterised by the material used characterised by the base backcoat, intermediate, or covering layers, e.g. for thermal transfer dye-donor or dye-receiver sheets; Heat, radiation filtering or absorbing means or layers; combined with other image registration layers or compositions; Special originals for reproduction by thermography
- B41M5/41—Base layers supports or substrates
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41M—PRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
- B41M5/00—Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
- B41M5/50—Recording sheets characterised by the coating used to improve ink, dye or pigment receptivity, e.g. for ink-jet or thermal dye transfer recording
- B41M5/502—Recording sheets characterised by the coating used to improve ink, dye or pigment receptivity, e.g. for ink-jet or thermal dye transfer recording characterised by structural details, e.g. multilayer materials
- B41M5/508—Supports
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
- D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- D21H21/00—Non-fibrous material added to the pulp, characterised by its function, form or properties; Paper-impregnating or coating material, characterised by its function, form or properties
- D21H21/14—Non-fibrous material added to the pulp, characterised by its function, form or properties; Paper-impregnating or coating material, characterised by its function, form or properties characterised by function or properties in or on the paper
- D21H21/18—Reinforcing agents
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03C—PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES; PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
- G03C1/00—Photosensitive materials
- G03C1/76—Photosensitive materials characterised by the base or auxiliary layers
- G03C1/775—Photosensitive materials characterised by the base or auxiliary layers the base being of paper
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
- D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- D21H19/00—Coated paper; Coating material
- D21H19/36—Coatings with pigments
- D21H19/44—Coatings with pigments characterised by the other ingredients, e.g. the binder or dispersing agent
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
- D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- D21H19/00—Coated paper; Coating material
- D21H19/80—Paper comprising more than one coating
- D21H19/82—Paper comprising more than one coating superposed
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
- D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- D21H25/00—After-treatment of paper not provided for in groups D21H17/00 - D21H23/00
- D21H25/08—Rearranging applied substances, e.g. metering, smoothing; Removing excess material
- D21H25/12—Rearranging applied substances, e.g. metering, smoothing; Removing excess material with an essentially cylindrical body, e.g. roll or rod
- D21H25/14—Rearranging applied substances, e.g. metering, smoothing; Removing excess material with an essentially cylindrical body, e.g. roll or rod the body being a casting drum, a heated roll or a calender
Definitions
- the present invention relates to paper having high surface planarity and excellent gloss. Moreover, the present invention relates to paper, an image-recording material support and an image-recording material which are preferably used for an electrophotographic material, a heat sensitive material, an inkjet-recording material, a sublimation transfer material, a silver salt photographic material, a heat transfer material, and the like.
- raw paper, synthetic paper, synthetic resin sheet, coat paper, laminate paper, and the like are well known as a support for various image-recording materials such as an electrophotographic material, a heat sensitive material, an inkjet-recording material, a sublimation transfer material, a silver salt photographic material, a heat transfer material, and the like.
- image-recording materials are used for image-recording so as to obtain an image print having high quality and high gloss.
- high planarity is needed for the above image-recording materials, which also involves necessity for high planarity of the support therefor.
- JP-B Japanese Patent Application Publication
- JP-B discloses an image-recording material support formed with an intermediate layer (containing a white pigment) on raw paper (containing a polyolefin synthetic pulp) having a density of 0.8 g/cm 3 to 1.0 g/cm 3 .
- Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-11004 discloses an image-recording material support having its inner bonding strength in a range from 0.9 kg ⁇ cm to 2.2 kg ⁇ cm and having its friction coefficient in a range from 0.6 to 1.2.
- JP-B No. 2671154 discloses an image-recording material support having pulp's average degree of polymerization of 800 or more and having an inner bonding strength (of raw paper) in a range from 1.0 kgf ⁇ cm to 2.0 kgf ⁇ cm, and having pH (of face of raw paper) of 6.0 or more.
- raw materials of the above image-receiving material support are natural pulps such as needle-leaf tree (hereinafter, when necessary, referred to as “needle-leaf tree pulp”), broad-leaf (hereinafter, when necessary, referred to as “broad-leaf tree pulp”), and the like, which are to be produced by drying wet paper with a manual paper-making machine.
- the image-recording material support thus produced may result in deteriorated planarity which is attributable to shrink of pulp fiber of the natural pulp (raw material) during the drying.
- JP-A No. 01-292354 (equivalent of JP-B No. 2739160) discloses an electrophotographic transfer paper having a small shrinkage factor, an excellent surface smoothness, and causing a small curl, even when the paper is subjected to a humidity change after drying.
- the above electrophotographic transfer paper is machined with so-called a Yankee paper machine that can control drying shrinkage both in the longitudinal and lateral directions, without receiving a longitudinal tension during drying.
- press dry treatment a treatment in which a sheet of paper is dried while being pressurized
- press dry treatment a treatment in which a sheet of paper is dried while being pressurized
- JP-A No. 2000-500536 and JP-A No. 07-91829 JP-B No. 3041754 only disclose the press drying apparatuses, with no descriptions about relation between the press drying treatment and image-recording material support.
- raw paper, synthetic paper, a synthetic resin sheet, coat paper, laminate paper, and the like are well known for use as an image-recording material support.
- the coat paper and the laminate paper are preferable.
- Methods of producing the coat paper and the laminate paper comprise a solvent coating method of applying to raw paper a thermoplastic resin which is solved in an organic solvent, an aqueous coating method of applying to raw paper a thermoplastic resin which is made into a latex or an aqueous solution (varnish), a dry laminate method of a thermoplastic resin, a melting extrusion coating method, and the like.
- the above solvent coating method that uses a harmful organic solvent may cause harmful effect on the environment.
- water may swell the raw paper when the latex or the aqueous solution (varnish) is applied to the raw paper, thus losing smoothness of the raw paper, which is so called a “return.”
- the aqueous coating method is not applicable to resins which are less likely to be made into latex or aqueous solution.
- a paper according to its first aspect comprises a raw paper.
- the paper satisfies the following: the paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, and an average center surface roughness on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 ⁇ m or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm.
- the paper according to its first aspect having the inner bonding strength and the average center surface roughness (SRa) respectively in the above certain ranges can have high surface planarity and can be used preferably for an image-recording material support.
- a paper according to its second aspect comprises a raw paper.
- the paper satisfies the following: an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ⁇ (g/cm 3 ) of the paper satisfy an expression S 1/2 / ⁇ 3 ⁇ 15.
- the paper according to its second aspect satisfying that the Oken type smoothness S and the density of the paper satisfy the first expression can have high surface planarity and an extremely excellent gloss and can be used preferably for the image-recording material support.
- an image-recording material support comprises a paper which comprises a raw paper.
- the paper satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) and (ii): (i) the paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, and an average center surface roughness on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 ⁇ m or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, and (ii) an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ⁇ (g/cm 3 ) of the paper satisfy an expression S 1/2 / ⁇ 3 ⁇ 15.
- the image-recording material support according to its first aspect can have high surface planarity and an extremely excellent gloss and can be used preferably for the image-recording material.
- an image-recording material support according to its second aspect comprises a raw paper subjected to a press dry treatment; and a coat layer.
- the coat layer is made by subjecting a face of the raw paper to a surface treatment using a member with a smooth surface, the face of the raw paper being to be formed with an image-recording layer.
- the image-recording material support according to its second aspect can have high surface planarity and an extremely excellent gloss.
- An image-recording material under the present invention comprises a support; and an image-recording layer disposed on the support.
- the image-recording material uses, as the support, the image-recording material support according to at least one of its first aspect and its second aspect described above.
- high-quality image can be provided for the image-recording materials for any of the applications including an electrophotographic material (electrophotographic image-receiving material), a heat sensitive material (heat sensitive coloring recording material), an inkjet-recording material, a sublimation transfer material (sublimation transfer image-receiving material), a silver salt photographic material (silver halide photographic photosensitive material), and a heat transfer material (heat transfer image-receiving material).
- electrophotographic material electrophotographic image-receiving material
- heat sensitive material heat sensitive coloring recording material
- inkjet-recording material a sublimation transfer material (sublimation transfer image-receiving material)
- silver salt photographic material silver halide photographic photosensitive material
- heat transfer material heat transfer image-receiving material
- FIG. 1 shows a schematic of an example of a press dry treatment apparatus under the present invention.
- FIG. 2 shows a schematic of an example of a press dry treatment apparatus used for a production line under the present invention.
- FIG. 3 shows a schematic of an example of a wet cast method under the present invention.
- FIG. 4 shows an example of a gelatinization cast method under the present invention.
- FIG. 5 shows an example of a rewet cast method under the present invention.
- FIG. 6 shows a schematic of a fixing belt apparatus of a printer used for examples under the present invention.
- a paper according to its first aspect comprises a raw paper.
- the paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (hereinafter referred to as “JAPAN TAPPI”) No. 54, and an average center surface roughness (SRa) on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 ⁇ m or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm.
- JAPAN TAPPI Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry
- the inner bonding strength is the one that is specified in JAPAN TAPPI No. 54.
- the inner bonding strength is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the inner bonding strength is preferred to be 200 mJ or more, and more preferably 216 mJ or more.
- the average center surface roughness (SRa) can be obtained by scanning three-dimensionally a plane having a certain roughness, and therefore is different from an average center line roughness (Ra) that can be obtained by scanning a linear roughness of a plane. As the roughness at the cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm decreases, the surface may appear flatter and flatter.
- An apparatus for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- SURFCOM 570A-3DF made by Tokyo Seimitsu
- Scanning direction MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- Band pass filter 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm.
- the average center surface roughness (SRa) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the average center surface roughness (SRa) is preferred to be 0.8 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.75 ⁇ m or less.
- the average center surface roughness (SRa) is satisfied on at least a first face of the paper, it is not particularly limited.
- the average center surface roughness (SRa) is to be preferably satisfied on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with an image-recording layer.
- a paper according to its second aspect comprises a raw paper.
- An Oken type smoothness S (second) on at least one face of the paper, and a density ⁇ (g/cm 3 ) of the paper satisfy an expression S 1/2 / ⁇ 3 ⁇ 15.
- the Oken type smoothness S (second) is defined based on the method B (measuring method) specified in JAPAN TAPPI No. 5, and is obtained for example, by a smoothness (roughness) test using an Oken type smoothness air-transparency tester.
- the Oken type smoothness S (second) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the Oken type smoothness S is preferred to be 100 sec or more, and more preferably 150 sec or more.
- An upper limit of the Oken type smoothness S is not particularly limited, ordinarily preferred to be 600 sec or less, and more preferably 500 sec or less.
- a face having the Oken type smoothness S (second) satisfying the above can be only on one side of the paper, or on both sides of the paper.
- the Oken type smoothness S (second) is preferably satisfied on the side to be formed with an image-recording layer, from the viewpoint of forming high-quality image.
- the density ⁇ (g/cm 3 ) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the density ⁇ (g/cm 3 ) is preferred to be 0.85 g/cm 3 to 1.05 g/cm 3 .
- the density less than 0.85 g/cm 3 may cause insufficient planarity, and more than 1.05 g/cm 3 may cause an insufficient rigidity (stiffness).
- the H index calculated by the above expression S 1/2 / ⁇ 3 is not particularly limited and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the H index is preferred to be 16 or more, and more preferably 17 or more.
- the H index less than 15 may cause an insufficiency to at least one of the planarity and the rigidity (stiffness).
- An upper limit of the H index is not particularly specified, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the upper limit of the H index is preferred to be 23 or less, and more preferably 19 or less.
- an Oken type smoothness S 1 (second) on a face of the paper that is subjected to a press dry treatment, and a density ⁇ 1 (g/cm 3 ) of the paper after the press dry treatment satisfy an expression S 1/2 / ⁇ 1 3 ⁇ 15.
- the paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the paper can be raw paper, synthetic paper, a synthetic resin sheet, coat paper, laminate paper, and the like.
- the above raw paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Specifically, the raw paper can be preferred to be those described on page 223 to page 224 of Society of Photographic Science and Technology of Japan “Fundamentals of Photography (shashin kougaku no kiso)—Silver Salt Photograph” published by Corona (Showa 54 [1979]).
- the raw paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the raw paper include natural pulps such as needle-leaf tree pulp, broad-leaf tree pulp and the like, a mixture of the above natural pulp(s) with a synthetic pulp(s), and the like.
- the pulp usable for a raw material of the raw paper is preferred to be the broad-leaf tree pulp, from the viewpoint of simultaneously improving planarity, dimension stability and the like of the raw paper, in a good balance and to a sufficient level.
- the needle-leaf tree is, however, also usable.
- broad-leaf tree pulps examples include broad-leaf tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP), broad-leaf tree sulfite pulp (LBSP) and the like.
- LKP broad-leaf tree bleached kraft pulp
- LBSP broad-leaf tree sulfite pulp
- the broad-leaf tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) is preferable.
- a content of the broad-leaf tree pulp relative to the paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the content is preferred to be 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 75% by mass or more.
- needle-leaf tree pulp examples include needle-leaf tree bleached kraft pulp (NBKP) and the like.
- a beater, a refiner or the like can be used for beating the pulp.
- various types of additives can be added to a pulp slurry (hereinafter referred to as “pulp paper material” as the case may be) which can be obtained after beating the pulp.
- the additives include filling material, dry paper reinforcer, sizing agent, wet paper reinforcer, fixing agent, pH regulator, other agents and the like.
- filling materials examples include calcium carbonate, clay, white clay, kaolin, white earth, talc, titanium oxide, diatomaceous earth, barium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide and the like.
- dry paper reinforcers examples include cationic starch, cationic polyacrylamide, anionic polyacrylamide, amphoteric polyacrylamide, carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol and the like.
- sizing agents examples include rosin derivatives such as aliphatic salts, rosin, maleic rosin or the like; paraffin wax, alkyl ketene dimer, alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), epoxy aliphatic amide, and the like.
- rosin derivatives such as aliphatic salts, rosin, maleic rosin or the like
- paraffin wax such as paraffin wax, alkyl ketene dimer, alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), epoxy aliphatic amide, and the like.
- ASA alkenyl succinic anhydride
- wet paper reinforcers examples include polyamine polyamide epichlorohydrin, melamine resin, urea resin, epoxy polyamide resin and the like.
- fixing agents examples include polyfunctional metal salts such as aluminum sulfate, aluminum chloride, or the like; cationic polymers such as cationic starch, or the like.
- pH regulators examples include caustic soda, sodium carbonate and the like.
- agents include defoaming agents, dyes, slime control agents, fluorescent whitening agents and the like.
- softeners can also be added when necessary.
- softeners ones which are disclosed on pp. 554-555 of Paper and Paper Treatment Manual (Shiyaku Time Co., Ltd.) (1980) and the like can be used, for example.
- each of the above additives and the like can be used either alone or in combination of two or more.
- the amount of each of the additives into the pulp paper material is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass is preferred ordinarily.
- the pulp paper material which is the pulp slurry to which the various types of additives are added if necessary is to be machined by using paper-making machines such as a manual paper-making machine, a long-net paper-making machine, a round-net paper-making machine, a twin-wire machine, a combination machine, and thereafter is dried for preparing the raw paper.
- paper-making machines such as a manual paper-making machine, a long-net paper-making machine, a round-net paper-making machine, a twin-wire machine, a combination machine, and thereafter is dried for preparing the raw paper.
- a surface sizing treatment can be carried out.
- Examples of surface sizing treatment liquids used for the surface sizing treatment include at least one metal salt selected from alkaline metal salt and alkaline earth metal salt, water-soluble high molecular compound, fluorescent whitening agent, waterproof substance, pigment, dye and the like.
- At least one the metal salt selected from the alkaline metal salt and the alkaline earth metal salt those described above can be used.
- the water-soluble high molecular compound is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the water-soluble high molecular compounds include polyvinyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate, polyethylene oxide, gelatin, cationic starch, casein, sodium polyacrylate, sodium salt of styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer, sodium polystyrene sulfonate and the like.
- polyvinyl alcohol carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate, polyethylene oxide, and gelatin are preferable, and particularly polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is more preferable.
- a content of the water-soluble high molecular compound is preferably 0.5 g/m 2 to 2 g/m 2 .
- fluorescent whitening agents examples include stilbene compounds, coumarin compounds, biphenyl compounds, benzo-oxazoline compounds, naphthalimide compounds, pyrazoline compounds, carbostyryl compounds, carbostyryl compounds, diamino stilbene disulfonic acid derivative, imidazole derivative, coumarin derivative, triazole derivative, carbazole derivative, pyridine derivative, naphthalic acid derivative, imidazolone derivative and the like.
- stilbene compound is preferable.
- a content of the florescent whitening agent is not particularly limited, and 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass is preferable, more preferably 0.02% by mass to 0.2% by mass.
- waterproof materials examples include latex emulsions such as styrene-butadiene copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyethylene, vinylidene chloride copolymer or the like; polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrin and the like.
- pigments examples include calcium carbonate, clay, kaolin, talc, barium sulfate, titanium oxide and the like.
- the ratio (Ea/Eb) of the longitudinal Young's modulus (Ea) to the lateral Young's modulus (Eb) is within a range from 1.5 to 2.0.
- the ratio (Ea/Eb) is less than 1.5 or more than 2.0, the rigidity (stiffness) and dimension stability of the image-recording material support tend to deteriorate, and may cause inconveniences to traveling property during transportation.
- the “rigidity (stiffness)” of the paper differs based on differences in the way the paper is beaten, and the elasticity modulus of paper from paper-making after beating can be used as an important indication of the “rigidity (stiffness)” of the paper.
- E dynamic modulus
- ⁇ density
- c velocity of sound in paper
- n Poisson's ratio
- the elasticity modulus can easily be calculated.
- various instruments known in the art such as a Sonic Tester SST-110 (Nomura Shoji Co., Ltd.) or the like.
- the thickness of the raw paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, and it is preferably 30 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, and more preferably 50 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 100 ⁇ m to 250 ⁇ m.
- the basis weight of the raw paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, and for example, it is preferably from 50 g/m 2 to 250 g/m 2 , and more preferably from 100 g/m 2 to 200 g/m 2 .
- the press dry treatment is not particularly limited and may be suitably selected according to the object, provided that it can heat and dry the pulp paper material while pressing it to soften paper fibers and allow the fibers to come close to each other.
- the pulp paper material is dehydrated using a manual paper-making machine and then its water content before press dry treatment is adjusted to 30% to 70% using a wet press apparatus or the like, thereby forming a sheet of raw paper.
- a press dry treatment is performed on the raw paper, specifically, on a side (of the raw paper whose water content is adjusted) to be formed with an image-recording layer.
- Water content of the raw paper (wet paper) before the press drying treatment is preferably 30% to 70%, more preferably 40% to 60%.
- the water content of the raw paper after the press drying treatment is not particularly limited, and may be suitably selected according to the object, preferably it is 10% or less, and more preferably 3% to 8%.
- the drying temperature on the raw paper's side to be formed with the image-recording layer is preferably from 100° C. to 200° C., more preferably from 110° C. to 180° C.
- the drying temperature is lower than 100° C., a sufficient amount of water does not evaporate and bonding among fibers becomes weak, which sometimes results in unfavorable paper force.
- it is higher than 200° C., sizing property and planarity may become insufficient due to the relationship with additives.
- the pressure of the press dry treatment is preferably from 0.05 MPa to 1.5 MPa, and more preferably from 0.05 MPa to 0.5 MPa.
- the pressure of the press dry treatment less than 0.05 MPa may make the planarity insufficient due to reduced fluidity of the resin, while more than 1.5 MPa may cause partly uneven density.
- the density of the raw paper after the press dry treatment is preferably 0.85 g/cm 3 to 1.05 g/cm 3 , and more preferably 0.9 g/cm 3 to 1.05 g/cm 3 .
- the above density of the raw paper less than 0.85 g/cm 3 may make the planarity insufficient.
- the apparatus with which the press dry treatment is performed is not particularly limited and may be suitably selected according to the object.
- a press dry treatment apparatus 100 based on Condebelt drying technique as shown in FIG. 1 is preferable as an apparatus which is not incorporated in a production line and oriented towards laboratory use.
- the press dry treatment apparatus 100 has an upper plate 42 , a lower plate 43 , a jacket 44 provided between the upper plate 42 and the lower plate 43 , and one or more other members when necessary.
- Drying with the press dry treatment apparatus 100 is performed by placing a sheet of wet paper (not shown) which has been prepared by dehydrating pulp paper material with a manual paper-making machine and a wet press apparatus or the like in a jacket 44 which is impermeable to air; and thermally drying and pressuring the sheet with the upper plate 42 and lower plate 43 the temperatures of which are each controlled by electrically heated oil 47 .
- a vacuum tank 49 During pressure drying, water vapor and the like which are generated at the wet paper are removed by a vacuum tank 49 . Pressuring is performed by applying pressure to the lower plate 43 with a pressing unit 48 using hydraulic oil 45 . Further, during pressure drying, cooling water 46 is configured to flow through the apparatus.
- STATIC CONDEBELT manufactured by VALMET
- VALMET static press dry equipment
- a press dry treatment apparatus 200 as shown in FIG. 2 is preferable.
- the press dry treatment apparatus 200 includes a first endless belt 38 and a second endless belt 39 which are impermeable to air and conduct heat well, a first set of turning rollers 51 and 52 around which the first endless belt 38 is arranged to turn, and a second set of turning rollers 53 and 54 around which the second endless belt 39 is arranged to turn.
- the first endless belt 38 and the second endless belt 39 are arranged in such a way that they run part of the way parallel with each other so that they form a drying zone between themselves.
- a heating chamber 55 heats the first endless belt 38
- a cooling chamber 56 cools the second endless belt 39 .
- dehydrated wet paper 40 and at least one fabric 41 which forms an endless loop are introduced between the first endless belt 38 and the second endless belt 39 in such a way that the dehydrated wet paper 40 is in contact with the heated first endless belt 38 and the fabric 41 is positioned between the dehydrated wet paper 40 and both of the cooled second endless belt 39 and guide rollers and accordingly the wet paper 40 is pressure dried.
- press dry treatment apparatus 200 The details of the press dry treatment apparatus 200 are described in JP-A No. 2000-500536.
- the sheet of raw paper has better density, elasticity modulus, tensile strength, strength and the like so as to provide an image-recording material support which is excellent in dimension stability and planarity and with which curl is less likely to occur. Accordingly, by using the above image-recording material support, it is possible to provide high-quality images.
- a calender treatment by means of a super calender and the like may be carried out.
- the paper is preferred to be subjected to the calender treatment after the press dry treatment.
- the calender treatment is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. In this case, however, a high temperature soft calender treatment is preferred, and temperature of the surface of the metal roll is preferably 110° C. or more, more preferably 150° C. or more, and still more preferably 250° C. or more. An upper limit of the temperature is for example 300° C.
- Carrying out the calender treatment can obtain paper having high gloss.
- the paper under the present invention has high planarity and excellent gloss, and can be used for various applications.
- the paper is preferably to be used for the image-recording material support described below.
- an image-recording material support comprises a paper which comprises a raw paper.
- the paper satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) and (ii): (i) the paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, and an average center surface roughness on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 ⁇ m or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, and (ii) an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ⁇ (g/cm 3 ) of the paper satisfy an expression S 1/2 / ⁇ 3 ⁇ 15.
- the image-recording material support according to its first aspect is preferably to be subjected to at least one of the press dry treatment and the calender treatment.
- an image-recording material support according to its second aspect comprises a raw paper subjected to a press dry treatment to thereby form a press-dried face; and a coat layer.
- the coat layer is made by subjecting the press-dried face of the raw paper to a surface treatment using a member with a smooth surface.
- the image-recording material support according to its second aspect comprises another layer, when necessary.
- a method is proposed of abutting the coat layer to a smooth surface of a member, to thereby transfer the surface appearance.
- the smooth surface of the member is preferred to be a mirror face of a metal drum.
- the method for transferring the surface appearance of the smooth surface to the coat layer is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- a cast coat method is preferable.
- a cast coating solution is to be applied to the raw paper which was subjected to the press dry treatment, then, in a state that the entire coat layer or the surface of the coat layer is wet or plastic, the coat layer is to be crimped to a heated finished surface of the metal cast drum. With this, drying the coat layer and the photographing of the finished surface can be simultaneously achieved.
- the cast coast method is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, examples including wet cast method, gelatinization cast method, rewet cast method and the like.
- Each of the above methods is common in that photographing of the surface appearance of the cast drum with the mirror face can obtain a high-gloss surface of the coat layer.
- the above methods have the following characteristics, respectively, up to a process that the cast coating solution applied to the raw paper is crimped to the cast drum.
- the wet cast method (direct method) is shown.
- the cast coating solution applied to the raw paper which was subjected to the press dry treatment
- the cast coating solution is crimped to a cast drum 10 (with a mirror face), to thereby transfer the surface appearance of the cast drum 10 .
- FIG. 4 the gelatinization cast method is shown.
- the cast coating solution applied to the raw paper (which was subjected to the press dry treatment) is treated with a coagulation liquid, then the cast coating solution is gelatinized (free from fluidity) and is crimped to the cast drum 10 (with the mirror face), to thereby transfer the surface appearance of the cast drum 10 .
- the rewet cast method is shown.
- the cast coating solution applied to the raw paper (which was subjected to the press dry treatment) is dried in advance, then a rewet liquid having a main component of water is applied to a dried coat face to thereby make a coat material swelled or plasticized, then the cast coat liquid is crimped to the cast drum 10 (with the mirror face) and is dried, to thereby obtain cast coat paper which is smooth and highly glossy.
- the rewet cast method is good in that the productivity is high.
- the cast drum is the one that is made of metal having a cylindrical outer periphery mirror-machined, and ordinarily is heated at 80° C. to 150° C. for use.
- the coat layer to be disposed at least a first face of the raw paper which was subjected to the press dry treatment is obtained by applying thereto the cast coating solution (including at least a pigment and a binder) and drying it.
- the pigment is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the pigments include silica, alumina, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, kaolin, talc, clay, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, various plastic pigments and the like, to be used either alone or in combination of two ore more.
- the binder is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the binder include starches such as oxidized starch, esterified starch and the like; cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and the like; proteins such as gelatin, casein, soybean albumin and the like; polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, acrylic resin, styrene-acrylic resin, vinyl acetate resin, vinyl chloride resin, urea resin, urethane resin, alkyd resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate resin, styrene-butadiene latex and derivatives thereof.
- the above binders can be used either alone or in combination of two or more. Use of a plural types of the binders in combination may have proper variations according to property of the cast coating solution, prescription, application of the cast coat paper and the like.
- a content of the binder is preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass (solid conversion) to the entire amount of the coating solution, and more preferably 3% by mass to 8% by mass.
- Blend ratio of the pigment to the binder is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, preferably 1.5 to 15, and more preferably 3 to 7. Greater blend ratio may lose the smoothness.
- assistants can be applied when necessary: known assistants such as pigment dispersant, water holding agent, thickener, antifoaming agent, preservative, colorant, waterproof agent, wetting agent, plasticizer, fluorescent paint, ultraviolet absorber, oxidation inhibitor, cationic high molecular electrolyte and the like.
- coaters for the cast coating solution examples include blade coater, air knife coater, roll coater, comma coater (made by Kobayashi Engineering Works, Ltd.), brush coater, squeeze coater, curtain oater, kiss coater, bar coater, gravure coater and the like.
- the amount of the cast coating solution is preferably 2 g/m 2 to 50 g/m 2 , more preferably 3 g/m 2 to 30 g/m 2 .
- Examples of the methods for drying the coat layer include air floating drier, infrared drier, cylinder drier and the like.
- examples of the additives of rewet liquids include ammonium salt, polyamide resin, phosphor compound such as hexametaphosphate, amide compound, fluoride, zinc sulfate, calcium formate, and the like.
- examples of coagulants added to the coagulation liquid include salts such as formic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, carbonic acid with calcium, zinc, magnesium, sodium, potassium, barium, lead, cadmium, ammonium, and the like; boric acids such as borax; and the like.
- the above coagulants can be used either alone or in combination of two or more.
- the cast coat layer can be formed on one side of the raw paper, or on both sides of the raw paper.
- the number of cast coat layers is not limited to one, instead, a multiple-layer structure is allowed.
- the image-recording material support under the present invention is, as described above, so constituted that the coat layer is formed at least on the side (of the raw paper which was subjected to the press dry treatment) to be formed with the image-recording layer, and the coat layer is allowed to abut on the smooth surface to thereby transfer the surface appearance.
- the image-recording material support is excellent in surface smoothness and is extremely excellent in gloss.
- the average center surface roughness (SRa) on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with the image-recording layer is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less at a cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 6 mm, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 0.4 ⁇ m.
- the average center surface roughness (SRa) over 0.5 ⁇ m may cause an insufficient planarity after the coating.
- the average center surface roughness (SRa) can be obtained by scanning three-dimensionally a plane having a certain roughness, and therefore is different from an average center line roughness (Ra) that can be obtained by scanning a linear roughness of a plane.
- SURFCOM 570A-3DF made by Tokyo Seimitsu
- SRa average center surface roughness
- Scanning direction MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- Band pass filter 5 mm to 6 mm.
- surface smoothness and gloss of the image-recording material support specifically, 20% or more at 20-degree gloss is preferable, and 40% or more at 20-degree gloss is more preferable.
- the gloss less than 20% may cause an insufficient gloss after the image formation.
- the above 20-degree gloss can be measured based on JIS Z8741.
- Cobb sizing water absorbency (30 sec) is preferred to be 10 g/m 2 or less, more preferably 5 g/m 2 or less, and still more preferably 4 g/m 2 or less.
- the above Cobb sizing water absorbency can be obtained by measuring the amount of water absorbency when a pure water has a contact with a sample for 30 seconds pursuant to JIS P8140.
- the image-recording material under the present invention includes at least a support and an image-recording layer formed on the support.
- the above support is the image-recording material support under the present invention.
- the image-recording material differs with the use and type thereof, and examples include an electrophotographic material, heat sensitive material, inkjet-recording material, sublimation transfer material, silver salt photographic material, heat transfer material and the like.
- An electrophotographic material includes an image-recording material support and at least one toner image-receiving layer which is disposed on at least one surface of this support under the present invention.
- the electrophotographic material may further include other layers which may be suitably selected. Examples of the other layers include a surface protection layer, an intermediate layer, an underlayer, a cushion layer, a static control (prevention) layer, a reflection layer, a color tone adjusting layer, a storage property improvement layer, an antistick layer, an anticurl layer, a smoothing layer and the like. These layers may have a single-layer structure or a laminated structure.
- the toner image-receiving layer receives a color toner or a black toner and forms an image.
- the toner image-receiving layer has a function to receive toner which forms an image from a developing drum or an intermediate transfer by (static) electricity or pressure in a transferring step, and to fix the image by heat or pressure in a fixing step.
- the material of the toner image-receiving layer contains at least a polymer, when necessary, and various additives to be added for improving thermodynamic properties of the toner image-receiving layer.
- additives include releasing agent, plasticizer, filler, cross-linking agent, charge control agent, emulsifier, dispersant and the like.
- Polymer for toner image-receiving layer is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, examples thereof including (1) polyolefin resin, (2) polystyrene resin, (3) acrylic resin, (4) polyvinyl acetate or derivatives thereof, (5) polyamide resin, (6) polyester resin, (7) polycarbonate resin, (8) polyether resin (or acetal resin), (9) other resins.
- the above polymers may be used either alone or in combination of two or more.
- polyolefin resins examples include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene and the like; copolymer resins of olefins (such as ethylene, propylene and the like) with other vinyl monomers; and the like.
- examples of the above copolymer resins of olefins with other vinyl monomers include ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer; an ionomer resin which is a copolymer of olefins with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid; and the like.
- examples of the derivatives of the polyolefin include chlorinated polyethylene, chlorosulfonated polyethylene and the like.
- polystyrene resins examples include polystyrene resin, styrene-isobutylene copolymer, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer (AS resin), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS resin), polystyrene-maleic anhydride resin and the like.
- acrylic resins examples include polyacrylic acid or esters thereof, polymethacrylic acid or esters thereof, polyacrylonitrile, polyacrylamide and the like.
- esters of polyacrylic acid include homopolymer or polytypic copolymer of acrylic acid.
- esters of acrylic acid include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl acrylate, dodecyl acrylate, acrylic acid n-octyl, acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, acrylic acid 2-chloroethyl, phenyl acrylate, ⁇ -chloroacrylic acid methyl and the like.
- esters of polymethacrylic acid include homopolymer or polytypic copolymer of methacrylic acid.
- esters of methacrylic acid include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate and the like.
- polyvinyl acetates or derivatives thereof examples include polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl alcohol which is obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl acetal resin obtained by reacting polyvinyl alcohol with aldehyde (for example, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, butylaldehyde and the like), and the like.
- aldehyde for example, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, butylaldehyde and the like
- polyamide resins examples include polycondensation of diamine with dibasic acid such as 6-nylon, 6,6-nylon and the like.
- polyester resin is produced by polycondensation of acid composition with alcohol composition.
- the acid composition is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- (6) polyester resins include maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, malonic acid, n-dodecenyl succinate, isododecenyl succinate, n-dodecyl succinate, isododecyl succinate, n-octenyl succinate, n-octyl succinate, isooctenyl succinate, isooctyl succinate, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, acid anhydrides thereof, low alcohol esters thereof, and the like.
- the above alcohol composition is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- Diatomic alcohol is preferable.
- fatty series diols include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol and the like.
- alkylene oxide adducts of bisphenol A include polyoxypropylene, (2.2)-2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene (3.3)-2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxyethylene (2.0)-2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene (2.0)-polyoxyethylene (2.0)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propylene, polyoxypropylene (6)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane and the like.
- polycarbonate resin is polycarbonate ester which is obtained by bisphenol A and phosgene.
- polyether resins examples include polyether resins such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide and the like; acetal resins such as polyoxymethylene as ring-opening polymerization and the like; and the like.
- Examples of (9) other resins include polyurethane resin of polyaddition.
- the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer those satisfying toner image-receiving layer properties (to be described afterward) are preferable in a state that the toner image-receiving layer is formed. Those satisfying the above properties alone are more preferable. Use of two or more resins with different toner image-receiving layer properties (to be described afterward) is also preferable.
- the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer those having greater molecular weight are preferable than the thermoplastic resin used for the toner.
- the relative molecular weight is, however, not limited to the above, in view of thermodynamic properties of the thermoplastic resin used for the toner relative to the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer.
- the molecular weight is equal or as the case may be the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer has smaller molecular weight.
- JP-A Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open (JP-A) No. 08-334915 discloses a preferable relation, in terms of molecular weight, between the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer and the thermoplastic resin used for the toner.
- the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is preferably wider than the thermoplastic resin used for the toner.
- the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer has properties disclosed in JP-A No. 05-127413, JP-A No. 08-194394, JP-A No. 08-334915, JP-A No. 08-334916, JP-A No. 09-171265 and JP-A No. 10-221877.
- the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is excellent in environmental property and workability since no organic solvent is discharged at coating-drying step (i).
- Many releasing agents such as wax are unlikely to be solved in solvent at room temperature, and are often dispersed, prior to usage, in solvent (water and organic solvent).
- Water dispersing form is more stable and is more adaptive to production steps.
- an aqueous coating is more likely to cause bleeding of wax on the surface in the process of coating-drying, thus making it easier to obtain the effect of the releasing agent (antioffset property, adhesive resistance and the like).
- aqueous resins such as water-dispersible polymer, water-soluble polymer and the like are preferably used.
- aqueous resins provided that they are either the water-dispersible polymer or the water-soluble polymer, are not particularly limited in terms of composition, bonding structure, molecular structure, molecular weight, molecular weight distribution, form and the like, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- aqueous group of the above polymers include sulfonic group, hydroxyl group, carboxylic group, amino group, amide group, ether group and the like.
- the above water-dispersible polymer can be made, for example, by suitably selecting from the following and combining two or more of them: i) resins made by dispersing in water the polymers for toner image-receiving layer numbered by (1) to (9) above, ii) emulsions made by dispersing in water the polymers for toner image-receiving layer numbered by (1) to (9) above, iii) copolymer thereof, iv) mixture thereof, and v) cationic modified product.
- the water-dispersible polymer can be suitably synthesized for use, or those commercially available are usable.
- Examples of commercial products of the water-dispersible polymers include polyester resins such as Vylonal series by Toyobo Co., Ltd., Pesresin A series by Takamatsu Oil & Fat Co., Ltd., Tuftone UE series by Kao Corp., Nichigo Polyester WR series by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Elitel series by Unitika Ltd. and the like; and acrylic resins such as Hiros XE, KE, and PE series by Seiko Chemical Industries Co., Ltd., Jurymer ET series by Nihon Junyaku Co., Ltd. and the like.
- the water-dispersible emulsion can be any suitable emulsion that preferably has a volume-average particle diameter of 20 nm or more.
- emulsions are water-dispersible polyurethane emulsions, water-dispersible polyester emulsions, chloroprene emulsions, styrene-butadiene emulsions, nitrile-butadiene emulsions, butadiene emulsions, vinyl chloride emulsions, vinylpyridine-styrene-butadiene emulsions, polybutene emulsions, polyethylene emulsions, vinyl acetate emulsions, ethylene-vinyl acetate emulsions, vinylidene chloride emulsions, and methyl methacrylate-butadiene emulsions.
- water-dispersible polyester emulsions are preferred.
- the water-dispersible polyester emulsions are preferably self-dispersible aqueous polyester emulsions, of which self-dispersible aqueous carboxyl-containing polyester emulsions are typically preferred.
- the “self-dispersible aqueous polyester emulsion” herein means an aqueous emulsion containing a polyester resin that is self-dispersible in an aqueous solvent without the use of an emulsifier and the like.
- the “self-dispersible aqueous carboxyl-containing polyester emulsion” means an aqueous emulsion containing a polyester that contains carboxyl groups as hydrophilic groups and is self-dispersible in an aqueous solvent.
- the self-dispersible aqueous polyester emulsion preferably satisfies the following requirements (1) to (4).
- This type of polyester resin emulsion is self-dispersible requiring no surfactant, is low in moisture absorbency even in an atmosphere at high humidity, exhibits less decrease in its softening point due to moisture and can thereby avoid offset in image-fixing and failures due to adhesion between sheets during storage.
- the emulsion is water-based and is environmentally friendly and excellent in workability.
- the polyester resin used herein readily takes a molecular structure with high coagulation energy.
- the resin has sufficient hardness (rigidity) during its storage but is melted with low elasticity and low viscosity during an image-fixing process for electrophotography, and the toner is sufficiently embedded in the toner-image-receiving layer to thereby form images having sufficiently high quality.
- the number-average molecular weight Mn is preferably from 5000 to 10000 and more preferably from 5000 to 7000.
- the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) is preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less, wherein Mw is the weight-average molecular weight.
- the glass transition temperature Tg is preferably from 40° C. to 100° C. and more preferably from 50° C. to 80° C.
- the volume average particle diameter is preferably from 20 nm to 200 nm and more preferably from 40 nm to 150 nm.
- the content of the water-dispersible emulsion in the toner-image receiving layer is preferably from 10 percent to 90 percent by weight, and more preferably from 10 percent to 70 percent by weight.
- the water-soluble polymer is not particularly limited, provided that the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 400,000 or less, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the water-soluble polymer can be suitably synthesized for use, or commercially available product thereof can be used.
- the water-soluble polymers include polyvinyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate, polyethylene oxide, gelatin, cationic starch, casein, sodium polyacrylate, sodium styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer: styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer), sodium polystyrene sulfonate and the like.
- polyethylene oxide is preferable.
- Examples of commercial products of water-soluble polymer include various Plascoat products by Goo Chemical Co., Ltd., Finetex ES series by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Inc. and the like; and those of water-soluble acrylic resins include Jurymer AT series by Nihon Junyaku Co., Ltd., Finetex 6161 and K-96 by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Inc., Hiros NL-1189 and BH-997 by Seiko Chemical Industries Co., Ltd. and the like.
- a content of the water-soluble polymer in the toner image-receiving layer is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, preferably 0.5 g/m 2 to 2 g/m 2 .
- the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer can be used in combination with other polymer materials, in this case, however, the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is to be greater in content than the other polymer materials.
- the content of polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, still more preferably 50% by mass or over, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass.
- the releasing agent can be blended to the toner image-receiving layer in order to prevent offset of the toner image-receiving layer.
- Various types of the releasing agent can be used and may be suitably selected according to the object as long as it is able to form a layer of the releasing agent on a surface of the toner image-receiving layer by being heated and melted at a fixing temperature so as to deposit and to remain on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer, and by being cooled and solidified so as to form a layer of the releasing agent, thereafter.
- the releasing agent can be at least one of silicone compounds, fluorine compounds, waxes, and matting agents.
- the releasing agent may be a compound described in Kaitei—Wakkusu no seishitsu to ouyou “Properties and Applications of Wax (Revised)” by Saiwai Publishing, or in the Silicone Handbook published by THE NIKKAN KOGYO SHIMBUN.
- the silicone compounds, fluorine compounds and wax in the toners mentioned in Japanese Patent Application Publication (JP-B) No. 59-38581, Japanese Patent Application Publication (JP-B) No. 04-32380, Japanese Patent (JP-B) No. 2838498, JP-B No. 2949558, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open (JP-A) No. 50-117433, No. 52-52640, No.
- 08-184992 No. 08-227180, No. 08-248671, No. 08-248799, No. 08-248801, No. 08-278663, No. 09-152739, No. 09-160278, No. 09-185181, No. 09-319139, No. 09-319143, No. 10-20549, No. 10-48889, No. 10-198069, No. 10-207116, No. 11-2917, No. 11-44969, No. 11-65156, No. 11-73049 and No. 11-194542 may be used. These compounds can also be used in combination of two or more.
- silicone compounds examples include silicone oil, silicone rubber, silicone fine-particle, silicone-modified resin, reactive silicone compound and the like.
- Such silicone oils include, for example, unmodified silicon oil, amino-modified silicone oil, carboxy-modified silicone oil, carbinol-modified silicone oil, vinyl-modified silicone oil, epoxy-modified silicone oil, polyether-modified silicone oil, silanol-modified silicone oil, methacrylic-modified silicone oil, mercapto-modified silicone oil, alcohol-modified silicone oil, alkyl-modified silicone oil, and fluorine-modified silicone oil.
- silicone-modified resins examples include silicone-modified resins derived from olefinic resins, polyester resins, vinyl resins, polyamide resins, cellulose resins, phenoxy resins, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate resins, urethane resins, acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic resins, or copolymers comprising at least one of these constitutive monomers.
- the fluorine compound is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the fluorine compounds include fluorine oil, fluoro rubber, fluorine-modified resin, fluorine sulfonic acid compound, fluorosulfonic acid, fluorine acid compound or salt thereof, inorganic fluoride and the like.
- the above waxes are largely classified into two, that is, natural wax and synthetic wax.
- the natural wax is preferably at least one wax selected from vegetable wax, animal wax, mineral wax, and petroleum wax, among which vegetable wax is particularly preferable.
- the natural wax is also preferably a water-dispersible wax, from the viewpoint of compatibility and the like when an aqueous resin is used as the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer.
- the vegetable wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art.
- the vegetable wax may be a commercial product, or suitably synthesized.
- Examples of the vegetable waxes include carnauba wax, castor oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, Japan tallow, cotton wax, rice wax, sugarcane wax, candellila wax, Japan wax, jojoba oil, and the like.
- Examples of commercial product of the carnauba wax include EMUSTAR AR-0413 from Nippon Seiro Co., Ltd., and Cellusol 524 from Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd, and the like.
- Examples of commercial product of the castor oil include purified castor oil from Itoh Oil Chemicals Co., Ltd.
- carnauba wax having a melting point of 70° C. to 95° C. is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of providing an electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet which is excellent in antioffset properties, adhesive resistance, paper transporting properties, gloss, is less likely to cause crack and splitting, and is capable of forming high-quality image.
- the animal wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art.
- Examples of the animal waxes include bees wax, lanolin, spermaceti, whale oil, wool wax and the like.
- the mineral wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art.
- the mineral wax may be commercial product, or suitably synthesized.
- mineral waxes examples include montan wax, montan ester wax, ozokerite, ceresin and the like.
- montan wax having a melting point of 70° C. to 95° C. is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of providing an electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet which is excellent in antioffset properties, adhesive resistance, paper transporting properties, gloss, is less likely to cause crack and splitting, and is capable of forming high-quality image.
- the petroleum wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art.
- the petroleum wax may be commercial product, or suitably synthesized.
- Examples of the petroleum waxes include paraffin wax, a microcrystalline wax, and petrolatum and the like.
- a content of the natural wax in the toner image-receiving layer (a surface) is preferably 0.1 g/m 2 to 4 g/m 2 , and more preferably 0.2 g/m 2 to 2 g/m 2 .
- the content When the content is less than 0.1 g/m 2 , the antioffset properties and the adhesive resistance may deteriorate. When the content is more than 4 g/m 2 , the quality of an image may deteriorate because of the excessive amount of wax.
- the melting point of the natural wax is preferably 70° C. to 95° C., and more preferably 75° C. to 90° C., from the viewpoint of antioffset properties and paper transporting properties.
- the synthetic waxes are classified into synthetic hydrocarbon, modified wax, hydrogenated wax, and other grease synthetic wax.
- the synthetic wax is preferably a water-dispersible wax, from the viewpoint of compatibility when an aqueous thermoplastic resin is used as the thermoplastic resin in the toner image-receiving layer.
- Examples of the synthetic hydrocarbons include Fischertropsch wax, polyethylene wax and the like.
- Examples of the grease synthetic waxes include an acid amide compound (specifically, stearic acid amide and the like), an acid imide compound (specifically, anhydrous phthalic acid imide and the like) and the like.
- the modified wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the modified waxes include amine-modified wax, acrylic acid-modified wax, fluorine-modified wax, olefin-modified wax, urethane wax, alcohol wax and the like.
- the hydrogenated wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the hydrogenated waxes include cured castor oil, castor oil derivatives, stearic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, behenic acid, sebacic acid, undecylenic acid, heptyl acids, maleic acid, high grade maleic oils and the like.
- the matting agent can be selected from any known matting agents.
- Solid particles used as the matting agent can be classified into inorganic particles and organic particles.
- the inorganic matting agents may be oxides (for example, silicon dioxide, titanium oxide, magnesium oxide, and aluminum oxide), alkaline earth metal salts (for example, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, and magnesium sulfate), silver halides (for example, silver chloride, and silver bromide), glass and the like.
- inorganic matting agents can be found in West German Patent No. 2529321, the U.K. Patent Nos. 760775, 1260772, and the U.S. Pat. Nos. 1,201,905, 2,192,241, 3,053,662, 3,062,649, 3,257,206, 3,322,555, 3,353,958, 3,370,951, 3,411,907, 3,437,484, 3,523,022, 3,615,554, 3,635,714, 3,769,020, 4,021,245 and 4,029,504.
- Materials of the organic matting agent include starch, cellulose ester (for example, cellulose-acetate propionate), cellulose ether (for example, ethyl cellulose) and a synthetic resin. It is preferred that the synthetic resin is insoluble or difficult to become solved.
- Examples of synthetic resins that are insoluble or of low solubility in water include poly(meth)acrylates (for example, polyalkyl(meth)acrylate, polyalkoxyalkyl(meth)acrylate, polyglycidyl(meth)acrylate), poly(meth) acrylamide, polyvinyl ester (for example, polyvinyl acetate), polyacrylonitrile, polyolefins (for example, polyethylene), polystyrene, benzoguanamine resin, formaldehyde condensation polymer, epoxy resin, polyamide, polycarbonate, phenolic resin, polyvinyl carbazole, polyvinylidene chloride and the like.
- poly(meth)acrylates for example, polyalkyl(meth)acrylate, polyalkoxyalkyl(meth)acrylate, polyglycidyl(meth)acrylate
- poly(meth) acrylamide for example, polyvinyl ester (for example, polyvinyl acetate), polyacrylon
- Copolymers that is, a combination of monomers used in the above polymers may also be used.
- hydrophilic repeating units may be included.
- monomers which constitute these hydrophilic repeating units include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, hydroxyalkyl(meth)acrylate, sulfoalkyl(meth)acrylate, styrene sulfonic acid and the like.
- organic matting agents can be found in the U.K. Patent No. 1055713, the U.S. Pat. Nos. 1,939,213, 2,221,873, 2,268,662, 2,322,037, 2,376,005, 2,391,181, 2,701,245, 2,992,101, 3,079,257, 3,262,782, 3,443,946, 3,516,832, 3,539,344, 3,591,379, 3,754,924 and 3,767,448, and JP-A Nos. 49-106821, and 57-14835.
- the average particle size of the solid particles may suitably be, for example, 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, and is more preferably 4 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
- the usage amount of the solid particles may suitably be 0.01 g/m 2 to 0.5 g/m 2 , and is more preferably 0.02 g/m 2 to 0.3 g/m 2 .
- the melting point (° C.) of the releasing agent is preferably 70° C. to 95° C., and more preferably 75° C. to 90° C., from the viewpoint of antioffset properties and paper transport properties.
- the release agent under the present invention which is added to a toner image-receiving layer may also use derivatives, oxides, refined products, or mixtures of these. These may also have reactive substituents.
- the content of the releasing agent is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.3% by mass to 8.0% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
- the content less than 0.1% by mass may make the antioffset property and adhesion resistance insufficient, while more than 10% by mass may deteriorate the image quality due to too large an amount of releasing agent.
- plasticizers known in the art may be used without any particular limitation. These plasticizers have the effect of adjusting the fluidity or softening of the toner image-receiving layer due to one of heat and pressure during toner fixing.
- the plasticizer may be selected by referring to Kagaku binran “Chemical Handbook” (ed. The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen), Kasozai—Sono riron to ouyou “Plasticizers—Theory and Application” (ed. Koichi Murai, Saiwai Shobo), Kasozai no kenkyu—jou “The Study of Plasticizers, Part 1” and Kasozai no kenkyu—ge “The Study of Plasticizers, Part 2” (ed. Polymer Chemistry Association), or Binran—Gomu purasuchikku haigou yakuhin “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Blending Agents” (ed. Rubber Digest Co.), or the like.
- plasticizers examples include esters (for example, phthalic esters, phosphate esters, aliphatic acid esters, abiethyne acid ester, abietic acid ester, sebacic acid esters, azelinic ester, benzoates, butylates, epoxy aliphatic acid esters, glycolic acid esters, propionic acid esters, trimellitic acid esters, citrates, sulfonates, carboxylates, succinic acid esters, maleates, fumaric acid esters, phthalic acid esters, stearic acid esters and the like); amides (for example, aliphatic acid amides and sulfoamides and the like); ethers; alcohols; lactones; polyethyleneoxy; and the like (See JP-A Nos.
- esters for example, phthalic esters, phosphate esters, aliphatic acid esters, abiethyne acid ester, abietic acid ester, sebac
- the above plasticizers can be mixed into a resin for use.
- the plasticizers may be polymers having relatively low molecular weight. In this case, it is preferred that the molecular weight of the plasticizer is lower than the molecular weight of the binder resin to be plasticized. Preferably, plasticizers have a molecular weight of 15000 or less, or more preferably 5000 or less.
- the kind of the polymer of the polymer plasticizer is preferably the same as that of the binder resin to be plasticized. For example, when the polyester resin is plasticized, polyester having low molecular weight is preferable. Further, oligomers may also be used as plasticizers.
- Adecasizer PN-170 and PN-1430 from Asahi Denka Co., Ltd.
- PARAPLEX-G-25, G-30 and G40 from C. P. Hall
- rosin ester (ester gum) 8 L-JA, ester R-95, pentalin 4851, FK 115, 4820, 830, Ruizol 28-JA, Picolastic A75, Picotex LC and Cristalex 3085 from Rika Hercules, Inc) and the like.
- the plasticizer can be used as desired to relax stress and distortion (physical distortions such as elasticity and viscosity, and distortions of mass balance in molecules, binder main chains or pendant portions) which are produced when toner particles are embedded in the toner image-receiving layer.
- stress and distortion physical distortions such as elasticity and viscosity, and distortions of mass balance in molecules, binder main chains or pendant portions
- the plasticizer may be dispersed in micro in the toner image-receiving layer.
- the plasticizer may also be dispersed in micro, in a state of sea-island, in the toner image-receiving layer.
- the plasticizer may present in the toner image-receiving layer in a state of sufficiently mixed with other components such as binder or the like.
- the content of plasticizer in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 0.001% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 60% by mass, and still more preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass.
- the plasticizer may be used for the purpose of adjusting slidability (improvement of transportability by reducing friction), improving fixing part offset (release of toner or layer to the fixing part), adjusting curl balance, adjusting charge control (formation of a toner electrostatic image), and the like.
- the colorant is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- colorants include fluorescent whitening agents, white pigments, colored pigments, dyes and the like.
- the fluorescent whitening agent has absorption in the near-ultraviolet region, and is a compound which emits fluorescence at 400 nm to 500 nm.
- Various fluorescent whitening agents known in the art may be used without any particular limitation.
- Examples of the fluorescent whitening agents include the compounds described in The Chemistry of Synthetic Dyes Volume V, Chapter 8 edited by K. VeenRataraman.
- the fluorescent whitening agent can be suitably synthesized for use, or those commercially available are usable.
- Specific examples of the fluorescent whitening agents include stilbene compounds, coumarin compounds, biphenyl compounds, benzo-oxazoline compounds, naphthalimide compounds, pyrazoline compounds, carbostyryl compounds and the like.
- Examples of the commercial fluorescent whitening agents include WHITEX PSN, PHR, HCS, PCS, and B (from Sumitomo Chemicals), UVITEX-OB (from Ciba-Geigy, Co., Ltd.), and the like.
- the white pigment is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art according to the object.
- Examples of the white pigments include the inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, calcium carbonate and the like.
- the colored pigment is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art according to the object.
- Examples of the colored pigments include various pigments described in JP-A No. 6344653, azo pigments, polycyclic pigments, condensed polycyclic pigments, lake pigments, carbon black and the like.
- azo pigments examples include azo lakes (such as carmine 6B, red 2B and the like), insoluble azo compounds (such as monoazo yellow, disazo yellow, pyrazolo orange, Balkan orange and the like), condensed azo pigments (such as chromophthal yellow and chromophthal red), and the like.
- azo lakes such as carmine 6B, red 2B and the like
- insoluble azo compounds such as monoazo yellow, disazo yellow, pyrazolo orange, Balkan orange and the like
- condensed azo pigments such as chromophthal yellow and chromophthal red
- polycyclic pigments examples include phthalocyanines such as copper phthalocyanine blue, copper phthalocyanine green, and the like.
- condensed polycyclic pigments examples include dioxazines (such as dioxazine violet), isoindolinones (such as isoindolinone yellow), threne pigments, perylene pigments, perinon pigments, thioindigo pigments, and the like.
- lake pigments examples include malachite green, rhodamine B, rhodamine G, Victoria blue B and the like.
- inorganic pigments examples include oxide (titanium dioxide, iron oxide red and the like), sulfate (settling barium sulfate and the like), carbonate (settling calcium carbonate and the like), silicate (hydrous silicate, silicic anhydride and the like), metal powder (aluminum powder, bronze powder, zinc powder, chrome yellow, iron blue and the like) and the like.
- the above pigments can be used either alone or in combination of two or more.
- the dye is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art according to the object.
- Examples of the dyes include anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds and the like. These can be used either alone or in combination of two or more.
- water-insoluble dyes examples include architecture dye, disperse dye, oil-soluble dye and the like.
- Examples of the architecture dyes include vat dyes such as C. I. Vat violet 1, C. I. Vat violet 2, C. I. Vat violet 9, C. I. Vat violet 13, C. I. Vat violet 21, C. I. Vat blue 1, C. I. Vat blue 3, C. I. Vat blue 4, C. I. Vat blue 6, C. I. Vat blue 14, C. I. Vat blue 20, C. I. Vat blue 35 and the like.
- Examples of the disperse dyes include C. I. disperse violet 1, C. I. disperse violet 4, C. I. disperse violet 10, C. I. disperse blue 3, C. I. disperse blue 7, C. I. disperse blue 58 and the like.
- Examples of the oil-soluble dyes include C. I. solvent violet 13, C. I. solvent violet 14, C. I. solvent violet 21, C. I. solvent violet 27, C. I. solvent blue 11, C. I. solvent blue 12, C. I. solvent blue 25, C. I. solvent blue 55 and the like.
- Colored couplers used in silver halide photography may also be preferably used.
- a content of the colorant in the toner image-receiving layer (surface) is preferably 0.1 g/m 2 to 8 g/m 2 , and more preferably 0.5 g/m 2 to 5 g/m 2 .
- the content of colorant is less than 0.1 g/m 2 , the light transmittance in the toner image-receiving layer becomes high. When it is more than 8 g/m 2 , handling becomes more difficult, due to crack and adhesive resistance.
- the amount of the added pigment is, based on the mass of the thermoplastic resin constituting the toner image-receiving layer, preferably 40% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less.
- the filler may be an organic or inorganic filler. Reinforcers for binder resins, bulking agents and reinforcements known in the art may be used.
- the filler may be selected, referring to “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Additives” (ed. Rubber Digest Co.), “Plastics Blending Agents—Basics and Applications” (New Edition) (Taisei Co.), “The Filler Handbook” (Taisei Co.), or the like.
- inorganic fillers or inorganic pigments can be used suitably.
- inorganic fillers or inorganic pigments include silica, alumina, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, micaceous iron oxide, white lead, lead oxide, cobalt oxide, strontium chromate, molybdenum pigments, smectite, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, calcium carbonate, mullite and the like.
- silica and alumina are particularly preferred. These may be used either alone, or in combination of two or more. It is preferred that the filler has a small particle diameter. When the particle diameter is large, the surface of the toner image-receiving layer tends to become rough.
- Examples of the silicas include spherical silica and amorphous silica.
- the silica may be synthesized by the dry method, wet method or aerogel method.
- the surface of the hydrophobic silica particles may also be treated by trimethylsilyl groups or silicone. Colloidal silica is preferred.
- the silica is preferably porous.
- the alumina includes anhydrous alumina and hydrated alumina.
- crystallized anhydrous aluminas which may be used are ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , or ⁇ .
- Hydrated alumina is preferred to anhydrous alumina.
- the hydrated alumina may be a monohydrate or trihydrate. Monohydrates include pseudo-boehmite, boehmite and diaspore. Trihydrates include gibbsite and bayerite. Porous alumina is preferred.
- the alumina hydrate can be synthesized by the sol-gel method, in which ammonia is added to an aluminum salt solution to precipitate alumina, or by hydrolysis of an alkali aluminate.
- Anhydrous alumina can be obtained by dehydrating alumina hydrate by the action of heat.
- the amount of filler to be added is preferably from 5 parts by mass to 2000 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the dry mass of the binder of the toner image-receiving layer.
- a cross-linking agent can be added in order to adjust the storage stability or thermoplastic properties of the toner image-receiving layer.
- the cross-linking agents include compounds containing two or more reactive groups in the molecule, such as an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an active halogen group, an active methylene group, an acetylene group and other reactive groups known in the art.
- the cross-linking agent may also be a compound having two or more groups capable of forming bonds such as hydrogen bonds, ionic bonds, coordinate bonds, or the like.
- cross-linking agents examples include a coupling agent for resin, curing agent, polymerizing agent, polymerization promoter, coagulant, film-forming agent, film-forming assistant, or the like.
- the coupling agents include chlorosilanes, vinylsilanes, epoxysilanes, aminosilanes, alkoxyaluminum chelates, titanate coupling agents and the like.
- the examples further include other agents known in the art such as those mentioned in Binran—Gomu purasuchikkusu no haigou yakuhin “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Additives” (ed. Rubber Digest Co.).
- the charge control agent is preferably added to adjust toner transfer, adhesion or the like to the toner image-receiving layer, and to prevent charge adhesion of the toner image-receiving layer.
- the charge control agent may, without limitation, be any charge control agent known in the art.
- the charge control agents include surfactants such as a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, or the like; polymer electrolytes, conductive metal oxides; and the like.
- Examples include cationic charge inhibitors such as quaternary ammonium salts, polyamine derivatives, cation-modified polymethylmethacrylate, cation-modified polystyrene, or the like; anionic charge inhibitors such as alkyl phosphates, anionic polymers, or the like; and nonionic charge inhibitors such as aliphatic ester, polyethylene oxide, or the like. The examples are not limited thereto, however.
- the charge control agent blended with the toner image-receiving layer is, for example, cationic or nonionic.
- the conductive metal oxides include ZnO, TiO 2 , SnO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , In 2 O 3 , SiO 2 , MgO, BaO, MoO 3 and the like. These conductive metal oxides may be used alone, or may be used in combination of two or more. Moreover, the conductive metal oxide may contain (dope) other elements. For example, ZnO may contain Al, In, or the like, TiO 2 may contain Nb, Ta, or the like, and SnO 2 may contain Sb, Nb, halogen elements, or the like.
- the materials used for the toner image-receiving layer may also contain various additives to improve image stability when output, or to improve stability of the toner image-receiving layer itself.
- additives include various known antioxidants, age resistors, degradation inhibitors, ozone degradation inhibitors, ultraviolet ray absorbers, metal complexes, light stabilizers, preservatives, fungicide and the like.
- the antioxidant is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- examples of the antioxidants include chroman compounds, coumarane compounds, phenol compounds (for example, hindered phenols), hydroquinone derivatives, hindered amine derivatives, spiroindan compounds and the like.
- the antioxidants can be found in JP-A No. 61-159644.
- age resistors examples include those found in Binran—Gomu purasuchikku haigou yakuhin—kaitei dai 2 han “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Additives, Second Edition” ( 1993 , Rubber Digest Co.), pp. 76-121.
- the ultraviolet ray absorber is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- examples of the ultraviolet ray absorbers include benzotriazol compounds (described in the U.S. Pat. No. 3,533,794), 4-thiazolidone compounds (described in the U.S. Pat. No. 3,352,681), benzophenone compounds (described in JP-A No. 46-2784), ultraviolet ray absorbing polymers (described in JP-A No. 62-260152).
- the metal complex is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- Examples of the metal complexes include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,241,155, 4,245,018, 4,254,195, JP-A Nos. 61-88256, 62-174741, 63-199248, 01-75568, 01-74272 and the like.
- Additives for photography known in the art may also be added to the material used for the toner image-receiving layer as described above. Examples of the photographic additives can be found in the Journal of Research Disclosure (hereinafter referred to as RD) No. 17643 (December 1978), No. 18716 (November 1979) and No. 307105 (November 1989). The relevant sections are shown. TABLE 1 Type of additive RD17643 RD18716 RD307105 1. Whitener p. 24 p. 648 right p. 868 column 2. Stabilizer pp. 24-25 p. 649 right pp. 868-870 column 3. Light absorber pp. 25-26 p. 649 right pp. 873 (Ultraviolet ray absorber) column 4.
- Colorant image p. 25 p. 650 right p. 872 stabilizer column 5.
- Film hardener p. 26 p. 651 left column p. 874-875 6.
- Binder p. 26 p. 651 left column p. 873-874 7.
- Plasticizer, lubricant p. 27 p. 650 right p. 876 column 8.
- Auxiliary application pp. 26-27 p. 650 right pp. 875-876 agent column (Surfactant) 9.
- the toner image-receiving layer under the present invention is formed by applying with a wire coater and the like the coating solution (containing thermoplastic resin for the toner image-receiving layer) to the support and by drying it.
- the minimum film-forming temperature (MFT) of the thermoplastic resin under the present invention is preferably the room temperature or higher, from the viewpoint of pre-print storage, and preferably 100° C. or lower, from the viewpoint of fixing toner particles.
- the toner image-receiving layer under the present invention preferably has the application mass after drying in a range from 1 g/cm 2 to 20 g/cm 2 , more preferably 4 g/cm 2 to 15 g/cm 2 .
- Thickness of the toner image-receiving layer is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object.
- the thickness is preferably from 1 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably from 1 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m, still more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m.
- the 180° separation strength of the toner image-receiving layer at the temperature for fixing with the fixing member is preferably 0.1 N/25 mm or less, and more preferably 0.041 N/25 mm or less.
- the 180° separation strength can be measured based on the method described in JIS K6887 using the surface material of the fixing member.
- the toner image-receiving layer has a high degree of whiteness. This whiteness is measured by the method specified in JIS P 8123, and is preferably 85% or more. It is preferred that the spectral reflectance is 85% or more in the wavelength range of 440 nm to 640 nm, and that the difference between the maximum spectral reflectance and the minimum spectral reflectance in this wavelength range is within 5%. Further, it is more preferred that the spectral reflectance is 85% or more in the wavelength range from 400 nm to 700 nm, and that the difference between the maximum spectral reflectance and the minimum spectral reflectance in the wavelength is within 5%.
- the value of L* is preferably 80 or more, more preferably 85 or more, and still more preferably 90 or more in a CIE 1976 (L*a*b*) color space.
- the color tint of the white color is preferably as neutral as possible.
- the value of (a*) 2 +(b*) 2 is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 18 or less, and still more preferably 5 or less in the (L*a*b*) space.
- the toner image-receiving layer has a high surface gloss after being formed.
- the 45° gloss luster is preferably 60 or more, more preferably 75 or more, and still more preferably 90 or more, over the whole range from white where there is no toner, to black where toner is densed at maximum.
- the gloss luster is preferably 110 or less. When it is more than 110, the image has a metallic luster which is undesirable.
- Gloss luster may be measured by JIS Z 8741.
- the toner image-receiving layer has high smoothness after fixing.
- the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, over the whole range from white where there is no toner, to black where toner is densed at maximum.
- Arithmetic average roughness may be measured by JIS B 0601, JIS B 0651, and JIS B 0652.
- the toner image-receiving layer has one of the following physical properties, more preferred that the toner image-receiving layer has several of the following physical properties, and most preferred that the toner image-receiving layer has all of the following physical properties.
- T m melting temperature of toner image-receiving layer
- T m melting temperature of toner image-receiving layer
- the temperature at which the viscosity of the toner image-receiving layer is 1 ⁇ 10 5 cp is preferably 40° C. or higher, and more preferably lower than the corresponding temperature for the toner.
- the storage elasticity modulus (G′) is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 2 Pa to 1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa
- the loss elasticity modulus (G′′) is preferably from 1 ⁇ 10 2 Pa to 1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa.
- the loss tangent (G′′/G′) which is the ratio of the loss elasticity modulus (G′′) to the storage elasticity modulus (G′) at a fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer, is preferably from 0.01 to 10.
- the storage elasticity modulus (G′) at a fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer is preferably from ⁇ 50 to +2500, relative to the storage elasticity modulus (G′) at a fixing temperature of the toner.
- the inclination angle on the toner image-receiving layer of the molten toner is preferably 50° or less, and more preferably 40° or less.
- the toner image-receiving layer preferably satisfies the physical properties described in Japanese Patent No. 2788358, and JP-A Nos. 07-248637, 08-305067 and 10-239889.
- the surface electrical resistance of the toner image-receiving layer is 1 ⁇ 10 6 ⁇ /cm 2 to 1 ⁇ 10 15 ⁇ /cm 2 (under conditions of 25° C., 65% RH).
- the surface electrical resistance is less than 1 ⁇ 10 6 ⁇ /cm 2 , the toner amount transferred to the toner image-receiving layer is insufficient, and the density of the toner image obtained may be too low.
- the surface electrical resistance is more than 1 ⁇ 10 15 ⁇ /cm 2 , more charge than necessary is produced during transfer. Therefore, toner is transferred insufficiently, image density is low and static electricity develops, thus causing dust to adhere during handling of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet. Moreover in this case, misfeed, overfeed, discharge marks, toner transfer dropout and the like may occur during the copying.
- the surface electrical resistances are measured based on JIS K 6911.
- the sample is left with air-conditioning for 8 hours or more at a temperature of 20° C. and the humidity of 65% for humidity adjustment.
- Measurements are made using an R8340 produced by Advantest Ltd., under the same environmental conditions after giving an electric current for 1 minute at an applied voltage of 100 V.
- toner image-receiving layer may include, for example, a surface protective layer, back layer, intermediate layer, contact improving layer, undercoat, cushion layer, charge control (inhibiting) layer, reflecting layer, tint adjusting layer, preservability improving layer, anti-adhering layer, anti-curl layer, smoothing layer and the like.
- These layers may have a single-layer structure or may be formed of two or more layers.
- the surface protective layer is formed on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer for the purpose of protecting the surface, improving preservability, improving handling property, giving writing property, improving machine passing property, giving antioffset property and the like of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet.
- the surface protective layer may have a single-layer structure or may be formed of two or more layers.
- As a binder various kinds of thermoplastic resins, thermosetting resins and the like may be used for the surface protective layer. Resins of the binder and the toner image-receiving layer are preferably of the same kind. In this case, however, the surface protective layer and the toner image-receiving layer do not need to be the same in terms of thermodynamic property, electrostatic property and the like. Those properties can be optimized.
- the surface protective layer can be blended with the various additives described above that are usable for the toner image-receiving layer.
- the surface protective layer can be blended with the releasing agent used under the present invention, and other additives such as matting agent and the like.
- matting agent Various known matting agents are named.
- the top surface layer of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet (for example, the surface protective layer when formed) is preferred to have compatibility with the toner in terms of fixation property.
- the top surface layer preferably has a contact angle with the melted toner in a range from 0° to 40°.
- the back layer of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet is preferably formed on an opposite side of the toner image-receiving layer with respect to the support, for the purpose of giving a backface output property, improving output image quality of the backface, improving curl balance, improving machine passing property and the like.
- Color of the back layer is not particularly limited. In the case of both-side output type image-receiving paper sheet forming the image also on the backface, however, the color of the back layer is also preferred to be white. Like the surface, the back layer is preferred to have whiteness of 85% or more and spectral reflectance of 85% or more.
- the back layer may have a structure same as that of the toner image-receiving layer side.
- the back layer may use the various kinds of additives as explained above. Examples of the blended additives include matting agent, charge control agent and the like.
- the back layer may have a single-layer structure or may be formed of two or more layers.
- the back layer may have oil absorbing property.
- the above contact improving layer is preferred to be formed for improving the contact of the support and the toner image-receiving layer.
- the contact improving layer may be blended with various additives described above, particularly the cross-linking agent.
- the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet is preferred to have a cushion layer and the like between the contact improving layer and the toner image-receiving layer, for improving receptivity of the toner.
- the intermediate layer may be formed, for example, between the support and the contact improving layer, between the contact improving layer and the cushion layer, between the cushion layer and the toner image-receiving layer, between the toner image-receiving layer and the preservability improving layer and the like.
- the intermediate layer can be formed, for example, between the support and the toner image-receiving layer.
- the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet under the present invention is used by allowing the toner image-receiving layer to receive the toner during printing or copying.
- the toner includes at least biding resin and colorant, when necessary, releasing agent and the like.
- the binder resin is not particularly limited, and can be selected, according to the object, from those ordinarily used for the toner.
- the binder resin include vinyl monopolymer of: styrenes such as styrene, parachlorostyrene, or the like; vinyl esters such as vinyl naphthalene, vinyl chloride, vinyl bromide, vinyl fluoride, vinyl acetate, vinyl propioniate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl butyrate, or the like; methylene aliphatic carboxylates such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, dodecyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, 2-chloroethyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, ⁇ -methyl chloroacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, or the like; vinyl nitriles
- the colorant is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the object from those used ordinarily for the toner.
- the colorants include various kinds of pigments such as carbon black, chrome yellow, Hansa yellow, Benzidine Yellow, threne yellow, quinoline yellow, permanent orange GTR, pyrazolone orange, Balkan orange, watch young red, permanent red, brilliant carmine 3B, brilliant carmine 6B, dippon oil red, pyrazolone red, lithol red, rhodamine B lake, lake red C, Rose Bengale, aniline blue, ultramarine blue, chalco oil blue, methylene blue chloride, phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine green, malachite green oxalate and the like.
- dyes such as acridine dyes, xanthene dyes, azo dyes, benzoquinone dyes, azine dyes, anthraquinone dyes, thioindigo dyes, dioxazine dyes, thiazine dyes, azomethine dyes, indigo dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, aniline black dyes, polymethine dyes, triphenyl methane dyes, diphenyl methane dyes, thiazine dyes, thiazole dyes, xanthene dyes and the like.
- dyes such as acridine dyes, xanthene dyes, azo dyes, benzoquinone dyes, azine dyes, anthraquinone dyes, thioindigo dyes, dioxazine dyes, thiazine dyes, azomethine dyes, indigo dyes, phthalocyanine dyes
- the above colorants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- a content of the colorant is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, preferably 2% by mass to 8% by mass.
- the content of the colorant less than 2% by mass may weaken tinting strength, while more than 8% by mass may lose transmittance.
- the releasing agent may be in principle any of the waxes known in the art.
- Polar waxes containing nitrogen such as highly crystalline polyethylene wax having relatively low molecular weight, Fischertropsch wax, amide wax, urethane wax, and the like are particularly effective.
- polyethylene wax it is particularly effective when the molecular weight is 1000 or less, and is more preferable when the molecular weight is 300 to 1000.
- the preferred molecular weight is 300 to 1000.
- the raw materials may be selected from various combinations such as a diisocyanic acid compound with a mono-alcohol, a monoisocyanic acid with a mono-alcohol, dialcohol with mono-isocyanic acid, tri-alcohol with a monoisocyanic acid, and a triisocyanic acid compound with mono-alcohol.
- a compound having multiple functional groups with another compound having one functional group, and it is important that the amount of functional groups be equivalent.
- Examples of the monoisocyanic acid compounds include dodecyl isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate and derivatives thereof, naphthyl isocyanate, hexyl isocyanate, benzil isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, and the like.
- diisocyanic acid compounds examples include tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4′ diphenylmethane diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, 4-methyl-m-phenylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, and the like.
- Examples of the monoalcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, heptanol, and the like.
- dialcohols examples include various glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, and the like.
- trialcohols examples include trimethylol propane, triethylol propane, trimethanol ethane, and the like.
- the above urethane compounds can be mixed with resin or colorant, to be used as mixed-pulverized type toner.
- the urethane compound is to be dispersed in water in combination with the ion surfactant or high molecular electrolyte (such as high molecular acid or high molecular base), and then heated to the melting point or more, then subjected to a strong shearing caused by homogenizer or pressure discharge type dispersing apparatus for forming fine-particles, to thereby prepare releasing agent particle-containing dispersing liquid (particle: 1 ⁇ m or less) which can be used in combination with the resin particle-containing dispersing liquid, the colorant-containing dispersing liquid and the like.
- the ion surfactant or high molecular electrolyte such as high molecular acid or high molecular base
- the toner can be blended with other components such as inner additive, charge control agent, inorganic fine-particle, and the like.
- inner additives include metals such as ferrite, magnetite, reduced iron, cobalt, nickel, manganese and the like; alloy; magnetic bodies such as compounds including the above metals; and the like.
- charge control agents include those ordinarily used such as quaternary ammonium salts, nigrosine compounds, dyes made of complexes (such as aluminum, iron, chrome, and the like), triphenyl methane pigments, and the like. It is preferable that the charge control agent is unlikely to be soluble in water, from the view point of controlling ion strength which may cause an effect on stability during coagulation or meting, and the viewpoint of reducing waste water pollutant.
- examples of the inorganic fine-particles include all ordinary outer additives on the toner surface such as silica, alumina, titania, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, tricalcium phosphate and the like.
- the above particles are preferably used by dispersing with ion surfactant, high molecular acid, and high molecular base.
- Surfactants may also be used for emulsion polymerization, seed polymerization, pigment dispersion, resin particle dispersion, releasing agent dispersion, coagulation or stabilization thereof.
- anionic surfactants such as sulfuric acid ester salts, sulfonic acid salts, phosphoric acid esters, soaps, or the like; cationic surfactants such as amine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, or the like; or non-ionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycols, alkylphenol ethylene oxide adducts, polybasic alcohols, or the like.
- anionic surfactants such as sulfuric acid ester salts, sulfonic acid salts, phosphoric acid esters, soaps, or the like
- cationic surfactants such as amine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, or the like
- non-ionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycols, alkylphenol ethylene oxide adducts, polybasic alcohol
- the toner may be added by an outer additive.
- the outer additives include inorganic particle or organic particle.
- the inorganic particles include SiO 2 , TiO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , CuO, ZnO, SnO 2 , Fe 2 O 3 , MgO, BaO, CaO, K 2 O, Na 2 O, ZrO 2 , CaO.SiO 2 , K 2 O.(TiO 2 ) n , Al 2 O 3 , 2SiO 2 , CaCO 3 , MgCO 3 , BaSO 4 , MgSO 4 and the like.
- the organic particles include fatty acids or derivatives thereof, powders of the above meal salts and the like, resin particles (such as fluorine resin, polyethylene resin, acrylic resin and the like), and the like.
- Average particle diameter of the above is preferably from 0.01 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.1 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m.
- the process of manufacturing the toner is preferably manufactured by a process comprising the steps of (i) forming coagulation particles in a dispersion of resin particles to manufacture a coagulation particle dispersion, (ii) adding a fine particle dispersion to the coagulation particle dispersion so that the fine particles adhere to the coagulation particles, thus forming adhesion particles, and (iii) heating the adhesion particles which melt to form toner particles.
- the toner preferably has a volume average particle diameter of 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m. Lower than the above range may cause a harmful effect on toner's handling (supplying property, cleanability, fluidity and the like), and may decrease particle productivity. Larger than the above range may cause harmful effect on image and resolution attributable to granulariness and transferability.
- the toner under the present invention satisfies the above range of volume average particle diameter and has a distribution index of volume average particle diameter (GSDv) of 1.3 or less.
- the ratio (GSDv/GSDn) of the distribution index of volume average particle diameter (GSDv) to a distribution index of number average particle diameter (GSDn) is preferably 0.95 or more.
- the toner under the present invention satisfies the above range of volume average particle diameter and has an average (1.00 to 1.50) of configuration indexes given by the following expression.
- Configuration index ( ⁇ L 2 )/(4 ⁇ S ) (where L denotes the maximum length of toner particle, and S denotes projected area of toner particle)
- the toner satisfying the above conditions can bring about an effect on image, particularly granulariness and resolution. Moreover in this case, dropout or blur which may be caused by transfer is unlikely to occur, and handling may be unlikely to be influenced even when the average particle diameter becomes small.
- the toner in itself has storage elasticity modulus G′ (measured at angle frequency of 10 rad/sec) of 1 ⁇ 10 2 Pa to 1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa at 150° C.
- the silver salt photographic material has, for example, a configuration in which an image-recording layer which develops at least yellow, magenta, and cyan (YMC) is disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention. It is generally used in, for example, silver halide photography in which an exposed and printed silver halide photographic sheet is soaked in several treatment baths one after another so as to perform color developing, bleaching and fixing, washing with water, and drying.
- YMC yellow, magenta, and cyan
- the inkjet-recording material includes, for example, a colorant-receiving layer disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention, where the colorant-receiving layer is capable of receiving a liquid ink such as an aqueous ink (using a pigment or dye as the colorant), an oil ink and the like; a solid ink which is solid at room temperature and which is melted and liquefied when used for a print; and the like.
- a liquid ink such as an aqueous ink (using a pigment or dye as the colorant), an oil ink and the like
- a solid ink which is solid at room temperature and which is melted and liquefied when used for a print; and the like.
- the heat transfer material has, for example, a configuration in which at least a heat-melting ink layer as an image-recording layer is disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention. It is generally used in, for example, a method in which a heat sensitive head heats the heat-melting ink layer so as to melt and transfer the ink to a heat transfer sheet.
- the heat sensitive material has, for example, a configuration in which at least a heat-coloring layer is disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention.
- Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, heat sensitive material and the like used in thermo-autochrome method (TA method) in which a repetition of heating by a heat sensitive head and fixing by ultraviolet light forms an image.
- TA method thermo-autochrome method
- the sublimation transfer material has, for example, a configuration in which at least an ink layer containing a heat-diffusion pigment (subliming pigment) is disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention. It is generally used in, for example, a sublimation transfer method in which a heat sensitive head heats an ink layer so as to transfer the heat-diffusion pigment to a sublimation transfer sheet.
- the image-recording material support is preferably used as printing paper.
- the support is preferred to have high mechanical strength since the ink is to be applied by means of a printing machine.
- the raw materials used as the image-receiving material support preferably include filling material, softener, an inner additive assistant for paper, and the like.
- the filling materials ordinarily used are usable, whose examples including inorganic filling materials such as clay, firing clay, diatom earth, talc, kaolin, firing kaolin, delaminated kaolin, heavy calcium carbonate, soft calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, titanium carbonate, zinc oxide, silicon oxide, amorphous silica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide and the like; organic filling materials such as urea-formalin resin, polystyrene resin, phenol resin, minor hollow particle, and the like; and the like.
- the above filling materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of the inner additive assistants for paper-making include those conventionally used such as various kinds of yield promoters which are nonionic, cationic, and anionic; freeness promoter; paper force promoter; inner additive sizing agent; and the like.
- Specific examples include basic aluminum compounds such as aluminum sulfate, aluminum chloride, sodium aluminate, basic aluminum chloride, basic poly(aluminum hydroxide)s; polyvalent metal compounds such as ferrous sulfate, ferric sulfate, and the like; water soluble high polymers such as starch, modified starch, polyacrylamide, urea resin, melamine resin, epoxy resin, polyamide resin, polyamine resin, polyamine, polyethylene imine, plant gum, polyvinyl alcohol, latex, polyethylene oxide, and the like; various compounds such as hydrophilic cross-linking agent polymer particle dispersion, derivatives thereof, and modified product thereof; and the like.
- the above materials have several functions at the same time as inner additive assistants for the paper-making
- Examples of materials having a remarkable function as inner sizing agent include alkyl ketene dimer compounds, alkenyl succinic anhydride compound, styrene-acrylic compound, higher fatty acid compound, petroleum resin sizing agent, rosin sizing agent, and the like.
- inner sizing agents include those for paper-making such as dye, fluorescent whitening agent, pH regulator, defoaming agent, pitch control agent, slime control agent, and the like.
- the printing paper is particularly preferable for offset printing paper.
- the other applications include relief printing, gravure printing, electrophotography, and the like.
- the image-receiving material under the present invention has high-quality image and high gloss after image-forming, and causes a small curl. Therefore, the image-receiving material under the present invention is preferably used for electrophotographic material, heat sensitive material, inkjet-recording material, sublimation transfer material, silver salt photographic material, heat transfer material, and the like.
- Broad-leaf (hardwood) tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) was beaten to a Canadian Standard Freeness (C. S. F.) of 280 ml using a disk refiner, to thereby prepare a pulp paper material having fiber length of 0.60 mm.
- pulp paper material was treated with a manual paper-making machine to make wet paper having an absolute dry weight of 140 g/m 2 and water content of 68%.
- Both sides of the wet paper thus obtained were covered with filter paper and dehydrated using a wet press apparatus to adjust water content to 47%.
- the dehydrated wet paper was then dried with a press dry treatment apparatus similar to the one shown in FIG. 1 (Static Condebelt available from VALMET) to prepare raw paper with water content of 7.0% after drying.
- the press dry treatment was performed in a condition where the temperature of an upper plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (surface) where an image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 150° C., the temperature of a lower plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (backface) where no image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 85° C., pressure was set at 0.4 MPa, and drying time was set at 1 second.
- the press-dry-treated raw paper was then calendered using a soft calender apparatus under the following conditions.
- the paper was passed through so that a metal roller having a surface temperature of 250° C. was in contact with the side (surface) of the raw paper on which an image-recording layer was to be formed, while allowing a resin roll on the opposite side to have a set surface temperature of 40° C.
- the thus obtained paper as the image-recording material support has a density of 0.96 g/cm 3 .
- Example A-2 Press dry LBKP 100 0.98
- Example A-3 Press dry LBKP/NBKP 75/25 0.93
- Example A-1 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP 100 0.86
- Example A-2 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP 100 0.99
- Example A-3 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP/NBKP 75/25 0.97
- Example A-4 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP/NBKP 75/25 1.12
- Example A-5 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP/NBKP 50
- Inner bonding strength was measured based on JAPAN TAPPI No. 54.
- a surface configuration measuring apparatus SURFCOM 570A-3DF (made by Tokyo Seimitsu) was used for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with the image-recording layer, at the cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm.
- Scanning direction MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- SRa Very good (SRa is 0.8 ⁇ m or less).
- Example A-1 to Example A-4 and Comparative Example A-1 to Comparative Example A-6 were used for preparing the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets, respectively, of Example A-5 to Example A-8 and Comparative Example A-7 to Comparative Example A-12, in the following methods.
- titanium dioxide dispersion solution titanium dioxide pigment: 40% by mass.
- Titanium dioxide 40.0 g TIPAQUE (registered Trademark) A-220, available from Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.)
- Polyvinyl alcohol 2.0 g PVA102, available from Kuraray Co., Ltd.
- Ion exchange water 58.0 g Preparation of Coating Solution for Toner Image-Receiving Layer—
- the thus obtained coating solution for toner image-receiving layer had a viscosity of 40 mPa ⁇ s and a surface tension of 34 mN/m.
- the thus obtained back layer coating solution had a viscosity of 35 mPa ⁇ s and a surface tension of 33 mN/m.
- the back layer coating solution was applied with a bar coater, such that the coating amount was 9 g/m 2 in dry mass, to thereby form the back layer.
- the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer was applied with a bar coater in the same manner as the back layer, such that the coating amount was 12 g/m 2 in dry mass, to thereby form the toner image-receiving layer.
- the content of the pigment in the toner image-receiving layer was 5% by mass, relative to the mass of the thermoplastic resin.
- the back layer coating solution and the toner image-receiving layer coating solution were coated, they were dried by hot air, online. Airflow and temperature for drying were adjusted, so that both the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were dried within 2 minutes after the coating. The point of dryness was determined when the surface temperature of the coating was equal to the wet-bulb temperature of the airflow for drying.
- a gloss calender was used for the calender treatment in which the temperature of a metal roller was maintained at 40° C. and a nip pressure was set at 14.7 kN/m 2 (15 kgf/cm 2 ).
- the printer used here was a color laser printer (DocuColor 1250-PF) produced by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd., excluding that a fixing belt apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 6 was installed.
- a fixing belt 2 is suspended around a heating roller 3 and a tension roller 5 .
- a cleaning roller 6 is provided via the fixing belt 2 above the tension roller 5
- a pressurizing roller 4 is further provided via the fixing belt 2 below the heating roller 3 .
- the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet carrying a toner latent image was introduced between the heating roller 3 and the pressurizing roller 4 , was fixed and then transported on the fixing belt 2 . Thereafter, in this process, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet was cooled by a cooling device 7 , and the fixing belt 2 was finally cleaned by a cleaning roller 6 .
- the transport speed at the fixing belt 2 is 30 mm/sec
- the nip pressure between the heating roller 3 and the pressurizing roller 4 was 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm 2 )
- the temperature of the heating roller 3 was 150° C. which corresponded to the fixing temperature.
- the temperature of the pressurizing roller 4 was set at 120° C.
- the image quality of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated.
- the print with the best image quality was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- the curl of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated.
- the print with the least curl was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- gelatin 0.1 g/m 2 was applied to the side (surface) to be formed with the image-recording layer.
- the thus obtained gelatin coat face was further coated with the overlapping coatings in the following order of: i) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for yellow coloring photograph, ii) gelatin intermediate layer, iii) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for magenta coloring photograph, iv) gelatin intermediate layer, v) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for cyanogen coloring photograph, and vi) gelatin protective layer, to thereby prepare the photographic printing paper sheets, respectively, of Example A-9 to Example A-12 and Comparative Example A-13 to Comparative Example A-18.
- Broad-leaf (hardwood) tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) was beaten to a Canadian Standard Freeness (C. S. F.) of 300 ml using a disk refiner, to thereby prepare a pulp paper material having fiber length of 0.60 mm.
- cation starch 1.2% by mass, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD) 0.5% by mass, anion polyacrylamide 0.2% by mass, epoxidized fatty acid amide (EFA) 0.2% by mass, and polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrine 0.3% by mass.
- An alkyl part of the above alkyl ketene dimer originates from a fatty acid having a main component of behenic acid.
- a fatty acid part of the epoxidized fatty acid amide originates from a fatty acid having a main component of behenic acid.
- pulp paper material was treated with a manual paper-making machine to make wet paper having an absolute dry weight of 160 g/m 2 and water content of 68%.
- Both sides of the wet paper were covered with filter paper and dehydrated using a wet press apparatus to adjust water content to 54%.
- the dehydrated wet paper was then dried with a press dry treatment apparatus similar to the one shown in FIG. 1 (Static Condebelt available from VALMET) to prepare raw paper with water content of 7.0% after drying.
- the press dry treatment was performed in a condition where the temperature of an upper plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (surface) where an image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 150° C., the temperature of a lower plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (backface) where no image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 85° C., pressure was set at 0.4 MPa, and drying time was set at 1 second.
- the press-dry-treated raw paper was then calendered using a soft calender apparatus under the following conditions.
- the paper was passed through so that a metal roller having a surface temperature of 250° C. was in contact with the side (surface) of the raw paper on which an image-recording layer was to be formed, while allowing a resin roll on the opposite side to have a set surface temperature of 40° C.
- the Oken type smoothness S (second) based on JAPAN TAPPI No. 5 method B was measured on the side (surface) to be formed with the image-recording layer.
- the Oken type smoothness S (second) was 251 seconds while a density ⁇ (g/cm 3 ) of the image-recording material support was 0.95 g/cm 3 .
- the H index obtained by the expression S 1/2 / ⁇ 3 ) was measured to be 18.4. The results are shown in Table 6.
- Example B-1 Various conditions for the paper-making process were set as shown in Table 6.
- image-recording material supports of Example B-2 to Example B-4 and Comparative Example B-1 to Comparative Example B-5 were prepared.
- TABLE 6 ⁇ Calen- (g/ H Dry der cm 3 ) ⁇ 3 S S 1/2 index
- Example B-1 Press Calen- 0.95 0.86 251 15.8 18.4 dry dered
- Example B-2 Press Not calen- 0.87 0.66 151 12.3 18.7 dry dered
- Example B-3 Press Calen- 0.98 0.94 295 17.2 18.3 dry dered
- Example B-4 Press Calen- 1.01 1.03 315 17.7 17.2 dry dered Comparative Cylinder Calen- 0.81 0.53 50 7.07 13.3
- Example B-2 dry dered Comparative Cylinder Calen- 1.05 1.16 180 13.4 11.6
- a surface configuration measuring apparatus SURFCOM 570A-3DF (made by Tokyo Seimitsu) was used for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with the image-recording layer, at the cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 6 mm.
- Scanning direction MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- SRa Very good (SRa is 0.3 ⁇ m or less).
- Example B-1 to Example B-4 and Comparative Example B-1 to Comparative Example B-5 were used for preparing the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets, respectively, of Example B-5 to Example B-8 and Comparative Example B-6 to Comparative Example B-10, in the following methods.
- titanium dioxide dispersion solution titanium dioxide pigment: 40% by mass.
- Titanium dioxide 40.0 g TIPAQUE (registered Trademark) A-220, available from Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.)
- Polyvinyl alcohol 2.0 g PVA102, available from Kuraray Co., Ltd.
- Ion exchange water 58.0 g Preparation of Coating Solution for Toner Image-Receiving Layer—
- the thus obtained coating solution for toner image-receiving layer had a viscosity of 40 mPa ⁇ s and a surface tension of 34 mN/m.
- the thus obtained back layer coating solution had a viscosity of 35 mPa ⁇ s and a surface tension of 33 mN/m.
- the back layer coating solution was applied with a bar coater, such that the coating amount was 9 g/m 2 in dry mass, to thereby form the back layer.
- the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer was applied with a bar coater in the same manner as the back layer, such that the coating amount was 12 g/m 2 in dry mass, to thereby form the toner image-receiving layer.
- the content of the pigment in the toner image-receiving layer was 5% by mass, relative to the mass of the thermoplastic resin.
- the back layer coating solution and the toner image-receiving layer coating solution were coated, they were dried by hot air, online. Airflow and temperature for drying were adjusted, so that both the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were dried within 2 minutes after the coating. The point of dryness was determined when the surface temperature of the coating was equal to the wet-bulb temperature of the airflow for drying.
- a gloss calender was used for the calender treatment in which the temperature of a metal roller was maintained at 40° C. and a nip pressure was set at 14.7 kN/m 2 (15 kgf/cm 2 ).
- the printer used here was a color laser printer (DocuColor 1250-PF) produced by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd., excluding that a fixing belt apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 6 was installed.
- a fixing belt 2 is suspended around a heating roller 3 and a tension roller 5 .
- a cleaning roller 6 is provided via the fixing belt 2 above the tension roller 5
- a pressurizing roller 4 is further provided via the fixing belt 2 below the heating roller 3 .
- the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet carrying a toner latent image was introduced between the heating roller 3 and the pressurizing roller 4 , was fixed and then transported on the fixing belt 2 . Thereafter, in this process, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet was cooled by a cooling device 7 , and the fixing belt 2 was finally cleaned by a cleaning roller 6 .
- the transport speed at the fixing belt 2 is 30 mm/sec
- the nip pressure between the heating roller 3 and the pressurizing roller 4 was 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm 2 )
- the temperature of the heating roller 3 was 150° C. which corresponded to the fixing temperature.
- the temperature of the pressurizing roller 4 was set at 120° C.
- the image quality of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated.
- the print with the best image quality was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- gelatin 0.1 g/m 2 was applied to the side (surface) to be formed with the image-recording layer.
- the thus obtained gelatin coat face was further coated with the overlapping coatings in the following order of: i) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for yellow coloring photograph, ii) gelatin intermediate layer, iii) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for magenta coloring photograph, iv) gelatin intermediate layer, v) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for cyanogen coloring photograph, and vi) gelatin protective layer, to thereby prepare the photographic printing paper sheets, respectively, of Example B-9 to Example B-12 and Comparative Example B-11 to Comparative Example B-15.
- Example B-5 B-15 Preparation of Image-Recording Material Support—
- Broad-leaf (hardwood) tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) was beatens to a Canadian Standard Freeness (C. S. F.) of 300 ml using a disk refiner, to thereby prepare a pulp paper material having fiber length of 0.58 mm.
- pulp paper material was treated with a manual paper-making machine to make wet paper having an absolute dry weight of 160 g/m 2 and water content of 68%.
- Both sides of the wet paper thus obtained were covered with filter paper and dehydrated using a wet press apparatus to adjust water content to 50%.
- the dehydrated wet paper was then dried with a press dry treatment apparatus similar to the one shown in FIG. 1 (Static Condebelt available from VALMET) to prepare raw paper with water content of 7.1% after drying.
- the press dry treatment was performed in a condition where the temperature of an upper plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (surface) where an image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 160° C., the temperature of a lower plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (backface) where no image-recording layer was to be formed at 85° C., pressure was set at 0.45 MPa, and drying time was set at 1 second.
- the press-dry-treated raw paper was then calendered using a machine calender apparatus under the following conditions.
- the paper was passed through so that a metal roller having a surface temperature of 110° C. was in contact with the side (surface) of the raw paper on which an image-recording layer was to be formed.
- the thus obtained raw paper has a density of 1.03 g/cm 3 .
- a cast coating solution A having solid density of 25% by mass was prepared which solution including 100 mass part of an amorphous silica (Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama) as a pigment, and 20 mass part of a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA105 made by KURARAY CO., LTD.) as a binder.
- amorphous silica Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama
- PVA105 polyvinyl alcohol
- a cast coating solution B having solid density of 25% by mass was prepared which solution including 100 mass part of an amorphous silica (Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama) as a pigment, and 10 mass part of a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA105 made by KURARAY CO., LTD.) as a binder.
- amorphous silica Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama
- PVA105 polyvinyl alcohol
- a cast coating solution C having solid density of 25% by mass was prepared which solution including 100 mass part of an amorphous silica (Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama) as a pigment, and 65 mass part of a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA105 made by KURARAY CO., LTD.) as a binder.
- amorphous silica Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama
- PVA105 polyvinyl alcohol
- Example C-1 was repeated, except that the cast coating solution A was replaced with a cast coating solution B, to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Example C-2.
- Example C-1 was repeated, except that the cast coating solution A was replaced with a cast coating solution C, to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Example C-3.
- Example C-1 was repeated, except that the cast coat treatment using the cast coating solution A was not performed, to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Comparative Example C-1.
- Example C-1 was repeated, except that the raw paper used was not subjected to the press dry treatment, to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Comparative Example C-2.
- Example C-1 to Example C-3 and Comparative Example C-1 to Comparative Example C-2 were evaluated in terms of gloss and surface roughness. The results are shown in Table 10.
- a surface configuration measuring apparatus SURFCOM 570A-3DF (made by Tokyo Seimitsu) was used for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with the image-recording layer, at the cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 6 mm.
- Scanning direction MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- SRa Very good (SRa is 0.3 ⁇ m or less).
- Example C-1 to Example C-3 and Comparative Example C-1 to Comparative Example C-2 were used for preparing the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets, respectively, of Example C-4 to Example C-6 and Comparative Example C-3 to Comparative Example C-4, in the following methods.
- titanium dioxide dispersion solution titanium dioxide pigment: 40% by mass.
- Titanium dioxide 40.0 g TIPAQUE (registered Trademark) A-220, available from Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.)
- Polyvinyl alcohol 2.0 g PVA102, available from Kuraray Co., Ltd.
- Ion exchange water 58.0 g Preparation of Coating Solution for Toner Image-Receiving Layer—
- the thus obtained coating solution for toner image-receiving layer had a viscosity of 40 mPa ⁇ s and a surface tension of 34 mN/m.
- the thus obtained back layer coating solution had a viscosity of 35 mPa ⁇ s and a surface tension of 33 mN/m.
- the back layer coating solution was applied with a bar coater, such that the coating amount was 9 g/m 2 in dry mass, to thereby form the back layer.
- the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer was applied with a bar coater in the same manner as the back layer, such that the coating amount was 12 g/m 2 in dry mass, to thereby form the toner image-receiving layer.
- the content of the pigment in the toner image-receiving layer was 5% by mass, relative to the mass of the thermoplastic resin.
- the back layer coating solution and the toner image-receiving layer coating solution were coated, they were dried by hot air, online. Airflow and temperature for drying were adjusted, so that both the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were dried within 2 minutes after the coating. The point of dryness was determined when the surface temperature of the coating was equal to the wet-bulb temperature of the airflow for drying.
- a gloss calender was used for the calender treatment in which the temperature of a metal roller was maintained at 40° C. and a nip pressure was set at 14.7 kN/m 2 (15 kgf/cm 2 ).
- the printer used here was a color laser printer (DocuColor 1250-PF) produced by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd., excluding that the fixing belt apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 6 was installed.
- a fixing belt 2 is suspended around a heating roller 3 and a tension roller 5 .
- a cleaning roller 6 is provided via the fixing belt 2 above the tension roller 5
- a pressurizing roller 4 is further provided via the fixing belt 2 below the heating roller 3 .
- the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet carrying a toner latent image was introduced between the heating roller 3 and the pressurizing roller 4 , was fixed and then transported on the fixing belt 2 . Thereafter, in this process, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet was cooled by a cooling device 7 , and the fixing belt 2 was finally cleaned by a cleaning roller 6 .
- the transport speed at the fixing belt 2 is 30 mm/sec
- the nip pressure between the heating roller 3 and the pressurizing roller 4 was 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm 2 )
- the temperature of the heating roller 3 was 150° C. which corresponded to the fixing temperature.
- the temperature of the pressurizing roller 4 was set at 120° C.
- the image quality of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated.
- the print with the best image quality was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- Example C-4 Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material). TABLE 11 Image Support Gloss quality Example C-4 Example C-1 A A Example C-5 Example C-2 A B Example C-6 Example C-3 B A Comparative Comparative D D Example C-3 Example C-1 Comparative Comparative C D Example C-4 Example C-2
- Example C-7 to Example C-9 and Comparative Example C-5 to Comparative Example C-6
- gelatin 0.1 g/m 2 was applied to the side (surface) to be formed with the image-recording layer.
- the thus obtained gelatin coat face was further coated with the overlapping coatings in the following order of: i) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for yellow coloring photograph, ii) gelatin intermediate layer, iii) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for magenta coloring photograph, iv) gelatin intermediate layer, v) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m 2 ) for cyanogen coloring photograph, and vi) gelatin protective layer, to thereby prepare the photographic printing paper sheets, respectively, of Example C-7 to Example C-9 and Comparative Example C-5 to Comparative Example C-6.
- Example C-7 Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material). TABLE 12 Surface smoothness Small-scale Large-scale irregularity irregularity Support (1 mm or less) (5 mm to 6 mm) Example C-7 Example C-1 A A Example C-8 Example C-2 A B Example C-9 Example C-3 A A Comparative Comparative D C Example C-5 Example C-1 Comparative Comparative C D Example C-6 Example C-2
- an image-recording material support can be provided which has high planarity and excellent gloss.
- an image-recording material can be provided which allows an image-recording face after image-recording to have high-quality image and high gloss, and cause a small curl.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Paper (AREA)
- Ink Jet Recording Methods And Recording Media Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
Paper and an image-recording material support which have high surface planarity and excellent gloss are disclosed. Moreover, an image-recording material is disclosed which uses the image-recording material support and is capable of obtaining high quality image. The paper includes raw paper. The paper satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) and (ii): (i) the paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, and an average center surface roughness (SRa) on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, and (ii) an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ρ (g/cm3) of the paper satisfy an expression S1/2/ρ3≧15.
Description
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates to paper having high surface planarity and excellent gloss. Moreover, the present invention relates to paper, an image-recording material support and an image-recording material which are preferably used for an electrophotographic material, a heat sensitive material, an inkjet-recording material, a sublimation transfer material, a silver salt photographic material, a heat transfer material, and the like.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- Conventionally, raw paper, synthetic paper, synthetic resin sheet, coat paper, laminate paper, and the like are well known as a support for various image-recording materials such as an electrophotographic material, a heat sensitive material, an inkjet-recording material, a sublimation transfer material, a silver salt photographic material, a heat transfer material, and the like. The above image-recording materials are used for image-recording so as to obtain an image print having high quality and high gloss. For this purpose, high planarity is needed for the above image-recording materials, which also involves necessity for high planarity of the support therefor.
- For satisfying the above, various proposals have been made. Japanese Patent Application Publication (JP-B) No. 06-55545 discloses an image-recording material support formed with an intermediate layer (containing a white pigment) on raw paper (containing a polyolefin synthetic pulp) having a density of 0.8 g/cm3 to 1.0 g/cm3. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-11004 discloses an image-recording material support having its inner bonding strength in a range from 0.9 kg·cm to 2.2 kg·cm and having its friction coefficient in a range from 0.6 to 1.2. JP-A No. 2001-301098 discloses an image-recording material support having its average center surface roughness (SRa) of 0.75 μm or less measured at a cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 7 mm. Moreover, JP-B No. 2671154 discloses an image-recording material support having pulp's average degree of polymerization of 800 or more and having an inner bonding strength (of raw paper) in a range from 1.0 kgf·cm to 2.0 kgf·cm, and having pH (of face of raw paper) of 6.0 or more.
- When the image-recording material support has low strength, use of the image-recording material having the support for recording an image may cause a curl to an image print which is outputted from a printer. In addition, the image-recording material support having low planarity cannot form an image that has high-quality and high gloss. Moreover, raw materials of the above image-receiving material support are natural pulps such as needle-leaf tree (hereinafter, when necessary, referred to as “needle-leaf tree pulp”), broad-leaf (hereinafter, when necessary, referred to as “broad-leaf tree pulp”), and the like, which are to be produced by drying wet paper with a manual paper-making machine. The image-recording material support thus produced may result in deteriorated planarity which is attributable to shrink of pulp fiber of the natural pulp (raw material) during the drying.
- Any of the proposals disclosed in the above publications cannot solve the problems sufficiently. Such an image-recording material support is not proposed yet as having high planarity and extremely excellent gloss. In addition, such an image-recording material is not proposed yet as having a support therefor, having high-quality image and excellent gloss after image-recording, having high rigidity (stiffness), and causing a small curl. Developments of the above are desired.
- Conventionally, paper that is efficiently machined at high speed is dried between many cylindrical driers by receiving a tension in the longitudinal direction (paper-making direction) while causing free shrinkage in the lateral direction. When being subjected to a change in humidity, the thus machined paper is likely to cause a large extension and/or shrinkage (telescopic motion) in the lateral direction. With this, recordings such as photographing with the above paper as a support may increase curl in size, thus high-quality image cannot be formed.
- To solve the above problem, JP-A No. 01-292354 (equivalent of JP-B No. 2739160) discloses an electrophotographic transfer paper having a small shrinkage factor, an excellent surface smoothness, and causing a small curl, even when the paper is subjected to a humidity change after drying. Specifically, the above electrophotographic transfer paper is machined with so-called a Yankee paper machine that can control drying shrinkage both in the longitudinal and lateral directions, without receiving a longitudinal tension during drying.
- In this case, however, using the Yankee paper machine may generally restrict many paper-making conditions such as freeness of pulp paper material, paper-making speed, and the like.
- On the other hand, a treatment in which a sheet of paper is dried while being pressurized (hereinafter may be referred to as press dry treatment) is expected to provide higher strength, elasticity modulus, density and the like, and such process is currently under development (Takuya Kadoya et al., Seishi Kagaku “Science of paper-making” (Tokyo: Chugai Sangyo Chosakai, 1982), pp. 174-177), Jun. 30, 1982 (Showa 57). In addition, JP-A No. 2000-500536 and JP-A No. 07-91829 (JP-B No. 3041754) propose web pressure drying apparatuses which perform heat drying of a fiber web with a press dry treatment and provide less restrictions when used in a manufacturing line. In the above conventional technologies, however, no specific press drying conditions and the like are disclosed. JP-A No. 2000-500536 and JP-A No. 07-91829 (JP-B No. 3041754) only disclose the press drying apparatuses, with no descriptions about relation between the press drying treatment and image-recording material support.
- On the other hand, conventionally, raw paper, synthetic paper, a synthetic resin sheet, coat paper, laminate paper, and the like are well known for use as an image-recording material support. Among these, the coat paper and the laminate paper are preferable.
- Methods of producing the coat paper and the laminate paper comprise a solvent coating method of applying to raw paper a thermoplastic resin which is solved in an organic solvent, an aqueous coating method of applying to raw paper a thermoplastic resin which is made into a latex or an aqueous solution (varnish), a dry laminate method of a thermoplastic resin, a melting extrusion coating method, and the like.
- However, the above solvent coating method that uses a harmful organic solvent may cause harmful effect on the environment. In the above aqueous coating method, water may swell the raw paper when the latex or the aqueous solution (varnish) is applied to the raw paper, thus losing smoothness of the raw paper, which is so called a “return.” Moreover, the aqueous coating method is not applicable to resins which are less likely to be made into latex or aqueous solution.
- Summarizing the above, such an image-recording material support and an image-recording material are not proposed as having high surface smoothness and extremely excellent gloss, leaving an issue of further improvement and development.
- It is therefore an object of the present invention to provide paper and an image-recording material support which have high planarity and excellent gloss. It is another object of the present invention to provide an image-recording material which has high-quality image and high gloss after image-forming, and causes a small curl.
- Under the present invention, a paper according to its first aspect comprises a raw paper. The paper satisfies the following: the paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, and an average center surface roughness on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm.
- As a result, the paper according to its first aspect having the inner bonding strength and the average center surface roughness (SRa) respectively in the above certain ranges can have high surface planarity and can be used preferably for an image-recording material support.
- Under the present invention, a paper according to its second aspect comprises a raw paper. The paper satisfies the following: an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ρ (g/cm3) of the paper satisfy an expression S1/2/ρ3≧15.
- As a result, the paper according to its second aspect satisfying that the Oken type smoothness S and the density of the paper satisfy the first expression can have high surface planarity and an extremely excellent gloss and can be used preferably for the image-recording material support.
- Under the present invention, an image-recording material support according to its first aspect comprises a paper which comprises a raw paper. The paper satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) and (ii): (i) the paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, and an average center surface roughness on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, and (ii) an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ρ (g/cm3) of the paper satisfy an expression S1/2/ρ3≧15.
- As a result, the image-recording material support according to its first aspect can have high surface planarity and an extremely excellent gloss and can be used preferably for the image-recording material.
- Under the present invention, an image-recording material support according to its second aspect comprises a raw paper subjected to a press dry treatment; and a coat layer. The coat layer is made by subjecting a face of the raw paper to a surface treatment using a member with a smooth surface, the face of the raw paper being to be formed with an image-recording layer.
- With the press dry treatment, density, elasticity modulus, tensile strength, strength and the like can be improved. Moreover, a base paper which was subjected to the press dry treatment is formed with the coat layer, and the coat layer is allowed to abut on the smooth surface, for transferring the surface appearance.
- As a result, the image-recording material support according to its second aspect can have high surface planarity and an extremely excellent gloss.
- An image-recording material under the present invention comprises a support; and an image-recording layer disposed on the support. The image-recording material uses, as the support, the image-recording material support according to at least one of its first aspect and its second aspect described above.
- As a result, high-quality image can be provided for the image-recording materials for any of the applications including an electrophotographic material (electrophotographic image-receiving material), a heat sensitive material (heat sensitive coloring recording material), an inkjet-recording material, a sublimation transfer material (sublimation transfer image-receiving material), a silver salt photographic material (silver halide photographic photosensitive material), and a heat transfer material (heat transfer image-receiving material).
- Further objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following description of the preferred embodiments with reference to the attached drawings.
-
FIG. 1 shows a schematic of an example of a press dry treatment apparatus under the present invention. -
FIG. 2 shows a schematic of an example of a press dry treatment apparatus used for a production line under the present invention. -
FIG. 3 shows a schematic of an example of a wet cast method under the present invention. -
FIG. 4 shows an example of a gelatinization cast method under the present invention. -
FIG. 5 shows an example of a rewet cast method under the present invention. -
FIG. 6 shows a schematic of a fixing belt apparatus of a printer used for examples under the present invention. - (Paper)
- Under the present invention, a paper according to its first aspect comprises a raw paper. The paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (hereinafter referred to as “JAPAN TAPPI”) No. 54, and an average center surface roughness (SRa) on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm.
- The inner bonding strength is the one that is specified in JAPAN TAPPI No. 54.
- As long as being 160 mJ or more, the inner bonding strength is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the inner bonding strength is preferred to be 200 mJ or more, and more preferably 216 mJ or more.
- The average center surface roughness (SRa) can be obtained by scanning three-dimensionally a plane having a certain roughness, and therefore is different from an average center line roughness (Ra) that can be obtained by scanning a linear roughness of a plane. As the roughness at the cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm decreases, the surface may appear flatter and flatter. An apparatus for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, SURFCOM 570A-3DF (made by Tokyo Seimitsu) can be used for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) at the cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, based on the following measuring condition and analysis condition.
- —Measuring Condition and Analysis Condition—
- Scanning direction: MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length: Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch: X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- Scanning speed: 30 mm/sec.
- Band pass filter: 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm.
- Herein, as long as being 0.9 μm or less at the cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, the average center surface roughness (SRa) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the average center surface roughness (SRa) is preferred to be 0.8 μm or less, and more preferably 0.75 μm or less.
- As long as the average center surface roughness (SRa) is satisfied on at least a first face of the paper, it is not particularly limited. When the paper is used as an image-recording material support, however, the average center surface roughness (SRa) is to be preferably satisfied on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with an image-recording layer.
- Under the present invention, a paper according to its second aspect comprises a raw paper. An Oken type smoothness S (second) on at least one face of the paper, and a density ρ (g/cm3) of the paper satisfy an expression S1/2/ρ3≧15.
- Hereinafter, the value calculated by the above expression S1/2/ρ3 are, as the case may be, referred to as “H index.”
- The Oken type smoothness S (second) is defined based on the method B (measuring method) specified in JAPAN TAPPI No. 5, and is obtained for example, by a smoothness (roughness) test using an Oken type smoothness air-transparency tester.
- As long as the above is satisfied, the Oken type smoothness S (second) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the Oken type smoothness S is preferred to be 100 sec or more, and more preferably 150 sec or more. An upper limit of the Oken type smoothness S is not particularly limited, ordinarily preferred to be 600 sec or less, and more preferably 500 sec or less.
- A face having the Oken type smoothness S (second) satisfying the above can be only on one side of the paper, or on both sides of the paper. When the paper is used as an image-recording material support, however, the Oken type smoothness S (second) is preferably satisfied on the side to be formed with an image-recording layer, from the viewpoint of forming high-quality image.
- As long as the above is satisfied, the density ρ (g/cm3) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the density ρ (g/cm3) is preferred to be 0.85 g/cm3 to 1.05 g/cm3. The density less than 0.85 g/cm3 may cause insufficient planarity, and more than 1.05 g/cm3 may cause an insufficient rigidity (stiffness).
- As long as being 15 or more, the H index calculated by the above expression S1/2/ρ3 is not particularly limited and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the H index is preferred to be 16 or more, and more preferably 17 or more. The H index less than 15 may cause an insufficiency to at least one of the planarity and the rigidity (stiffness). An upper limit of the H index is not particularly specified, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the upper limit of the H index is preferred to be 23 or less, and more preferably 19 or less.
- Moreover, an Oken type smoothness S1 (second) on a face of the paper that is subjected to a press dry treatment, and a density ρ1 (g/cm3) of the paper after the press dry treatment satisfy an expression S1/2/ρ1 3≧15.
- The paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the paper can be raw paper, synthetic paper, a synthetic resin sheet, coat paper, laminate paper, and the like.
- The above raw paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Specifically, the raw paper can be preferred to be those described on page 223 to page 224 of Society of Photographic Science and Technology of Japan “Fundamentals of Photography (shashin kougaku no kiso)—Silver Salt Photograph” published by Corona (Showa 54 [1979]).
- As long as being a known material used for the support, the raw paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the raw paper include natural pulps such as needle-leaf tree pulp, broad-leaf tree pulp and the like, a mixture of the above natural pulp(s) with a synthetic pulp(s), and the like.
- The pulp usable for a raw material of the raw paper is preferred to be the broad-leaf tree pulp, from the viewpoint of simultaneously improving planarity, dimension stability and the like of the raw paper, in a good balance and to a sufficient level. The needle-leaf tree is, however, also usable.
- Examples of the broad-leaf tree pulps include broad-leaf tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP), broad-leaf tree sulfite pulp (LBSP) and the like. Among these, the broad-leaf tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) is preferable.
- A content of the broad-leaf tree pulp relative to the paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the content is preferred to be 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 75% by mass or more.
- Examples of the needle-leaf tree pulp include needle-leaf tree bleached kraft pulp (NBKP) and the like.
- As the above pulp, it is preferable to use mainly a broad-leaf tree pulp that originally has a short fiber length.
- A beater, a refiner or the like can be used for beating the pulp. When necessary, various types of additives can be added to a pulp slurry (hereinafter referred to as “pulp paper material” as the case may be) which can be obtained after beating the pulp. Examples of the additives include filling material, dry paper reinforcer, sizing agent, wet paper reinforcer, fixing agent, pH regulator, other agents and the like.
- Examples of the filling materials include calcium carbonate, clay, white clay, kaolin, white earth, talc, titanium oxide, diatomaceous earth, barium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide and the like.
- Examples of the dry paper reinforcers include cationic starch, cationic polyacrylamide, anionic polyacrylamide, amphoteric polyacrylamide, carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol and the like.
- Examples of the sizing agents include rosin derivatives such as aliphatic salts, rosin, maleic rosin or the like; paraffin wax, alkyl ketene dimer, alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), epoxy aliphatic amide, and the like.
- Examples of the wet paper reinforcers include polyamine polyamide epichlorohydrin, melamine resin, urea resin, epoxy polyamide resin and the like.
- Examples of the fixing agents include polyfunctional metal salts such as aluminum sulfate, aluminum chloride, or the like; cationic polymers such as cationic starch, or the like.
- Examples of the pH regulators include caustic soda, sodium carbonate and the like.
- Examples of other agents include defoaming agents, dyes, slime control agents, fluorescent whitening agents and the like.
- Moreover, softeners can also be added when necessary. For the softeners, ones which are disclosed on pp. 554-555 of Paper and Paper Treatment Manual (Shiyaku Time Co., Ltd.) (1980) and the like can be used, for example.
- Each of the above additives and the like can be used either alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of each of the additives into the pulp paper material is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass is preferred ordinarily.
- Moreover, the pulp paper material which is the pulp slurry to which the various types of additives are added if necessary is to be machined by using paper-making machines such as a manual paper-making machine, a long-net paper-making machine, a round-net paper-making machine, a twin-wire machine, a combination machine, and thereafter is dried for preparing the raw paper. When necessary, either before or after the drying, a surface sizing treatment can be carried out.
- Examples of surface sizing treatment liquids used for the surface sizing treatment include at least one metal salt selected from alkaline metal salt and alkaline earth metal salt, water-soluble high molecular compound, fluorescent whitening agent, waterproof substance, pigment, dye and the like.
- As the at least one the metal salt selected from the alkaline metal salt and the alkaline earth metal salt, those described above can be used.
- The water-soluble high molecular compound is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the water-soluble high molecular compounds include polyvinyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate, polyethylene oxide, gelatin, cationic starch, casein, sodium polyacrylate, sodium salt of styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer, sodium polystyrene sulfonate and the like. Among these, polyvinyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate, polyethylene oxide, and gelatin are preferable, and particularly polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is more preferable.
- A content of the water-soluble high molecular compound is preferably 0.5 g/m2 to 2 g/m2.
- Examples of the fluorescent whitening agents include stilbene compounds, coumarin compounds, biphenyl compounds, benzo-oxazoline compounds, naphthalimide compounds, pyrazoline compounds, carbostyryl compounds, carbostyryl compounds, diamino stilbene disulfonic acid derivative, imidazole derivative, coumarin derivative, triazole derivative, carbazole derivative, pyridine derivative, naphthalic acid derivative, imidazolone derivative and the like. Among these, stilbene compound is preferable.
- A content of the florescent whitening agent is not particularly limited, and 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass is preferable, more preferably 0.02% by mass to 0.2% by mass.
- Examples of the waterproof materials include latex emulsions such as styrene-butadiene copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyethylene, vinylidene chloride copolymer or the like; polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrin and the like.
- Examples of the pigments include calcium carbonate, clay, kaolin, talc, barium sulfate, titanium oxide and the like.
- As for the above-mentioned raw paper, to improve the rigidity (stiffness) and dimension stability of the image-recording material support, it is preferred that the ratio (Ea/Eb) of the longitudinal Young's modulus (Ea) to the lateral Young's modulus (Eb) is within a range from 1.5 to 2.0. When the ratio (Ea/Eb) is less than 1.5 or more than 2.0, the rigidity (stiffness) and dimension stability of the image-recording material support tend to deteriorate, and may cause inconveniences to traveling property during transportation.
- It has been found that, in general, the “rigidity (stiffness)” of the paper differs based on differences in the way the paper is beaten, and the elasticity modulus of paper from paper-making after beating can be used as an important indication of the “rigidity (stiffness)” of the paper. The elasticity modulus of the paper can be calculated from the following equation by using the relation of the density and the dynamic modulus which shows the physical properties of a viscoelastic object, and by measuring the velocity of sound propagation in the paper using an ultrasonic oscillator.
E=ρc 2(1−n 2) - where “E” represents dynamic modulus; “ρ” represents density; “c” represents the velocity of sound in paper; and “n” represents Poisson's ratio.
- As n=0.2 or so in a case of ordinary paper, there is not much difference in the calculation, even when the calculation is performed by the following equation:
E=ρc2 - Accordingly, when the density of the paper and acoustic velocity can be measured, the elasticity modulus can easily be calculated. In the above equation, when measuring acoustic velocity, various instruments known in the art may be used, such as a Sonic Tester SST-110 (Nomura Shoji Co., Ltd.) or the like.
- The thickness of the raw paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, and it is preferably 30 μm to 500 μm, and more preferably 50 μm to 300 μm, and still more preferably 100 μm to 250 μm. The basis weight of the raw paper is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, and for example, it is preferably from 50 g/m2 to 250 g/m2, and more preferably from 100 g/m2 to 200 g/m2.
- —Press Dry Treatment—
- The press dry treatment is not particularly limited and may be suitably selected according to the object, provided that it can heat and dry the pulp paper material while pressing it to soften paper fibers and allow the fibers to come close to each other. For example, the pulp paper material is dehydrated using a manual paper-making machine and then its water content before press dry treatment is adjusted to 30% to 70% using a wet press apparatus or the like, thereby forming a sheet of raw paper. Then, at a drying temperature from 100° C. to 200° C., a press dry treatment is performed on the raw paper, specifically, on a side (of the raw paper whose water content is adjusted) to be formed with an image-recording layer.
- Water content of the raw paper (wet paper) before the press drying treatment is preferably 30% to 70%, more preferably 40% to 60%.
- The water content of the raw paper after the press drying treatment is not particularly limited, and may be suitably selected according to the object, preferably it is 10% or less, and more preferably 3% to 8%.
- The drying temperature on the raw paper's side to be formed with the image-recording layer is preferably from 100° C. to 200° C., more preferably from 110° C. to 180° C. When the above drying temperature is lower than 100° C., a sufficient amount of water does not evaporate and bonding among fibers becomes weak, which sometimes results in unfavorable paper force. When it is higher than 200° C., sizing property and planarity may become insufficient due to the relationship with additives.
- The pressure of the press dry treatment is preferably from 0.05 MPa to 1.5 MPa, and more preferably from 0.05 MPa to 0.5 MPa.
- The pressure of the press dry treatment less than 0.05 MPa may make the planarity insufficient due to reduced fluidity of the resin, while more than 1.5 MPa may cause partly uneven density.
- The density of the raw paper after the press dry treatment is preferably 0.85 g/cm3 to 1.05 g/cm3, and more preferably 0.9 g/cm3 to 1.05 g/cm3. The above density of the raw paper less than 0.85 g/cm3 may make the planarity insufficient.
- The apparatus with which the press dry treatment is performed is not particularly limited and may be suitably selected according to the object. For example, a press
dry treatment apparatus 100 based on Condebelt drying technique as shown inFIG. 1 is preferable as an apparatus which is not incorporated in a production line and oriented towards laboratory use. - The press
dry treatment apparatus 100 has anupper plate 42, alower plate 43, ajacket 44 provided between theupper plate 42 and thelower plate 43, and one or more other members when necessary. - Drying with the press
dry treatment apparatus 100 is performed by placing a sheet of wet paper (not shown) which has been prepared by dehydrating pulp paper material with a manual paper-making machine and a wet press apparatus or the like in ajacket 44 which is impermeable to air; and thermally drying and pressuring the sheet with theupper plate 42 andlower plate 43 the temperatures of which are each controlled by electricallyheated oil 47. During pressure drying, water vapor and the like which are generated at the wet paper are removed by avacuum tank 49. Pressuring is performed by applying pressure to thelower plate 43 with apressing unit 48 usinghydraulic oil 45. Further, during pressure drying, coolingwater 46 is configured to flow through the apparatus. - For example, STATIC CONDEBELT (manufactured by VALMET) which is a static press dry equipment may be used as one of such press dry treatment apparatuses.
- On the other hand, when the press dry treatment is to be incorporated into a production line so that it can be performed continuously, a press
dry treatment apparatus 200 as shown inFIG. 2 is preferable. - Referring to
FIG. 2 , the pressdry treatment apparatus 200 includes a firstendless belt 38 and a secondendless belt 39 which are impermeable to air and conduct heat well, a first set of turningrollers endless belt 38 is arranged to turn, and a second set of turningrollers endless belt 39 is arranged to turn. - The first
endless belt 38 and the secondendless belt 39 are arranged in such a way that they run part of the way parallel with each other so that they form a drying zone between themselves. - A
heating chamber 55 heats the firstendless belt 38, and acooling chamber 56 cools the secondendless belt 39. - Then, dehydrated
wet paper 40 and at least onefabric 41 which forms an endless loop are introduced between the firstendless belt 38 and the secondendless belt 39 in such a way that the dehydratedwet paper 40 is in contact with the heated firstendless belt 38 and thefabric 41 is positioned between the dehydratedwet paper 40 and both of the cooled secondendless belt 39 and guide rollers and accordingly thewet paper 40 is pressure dried. - The details of the press
dry treatment apparatus 200 are described in JP-A No. 2000-500536. - According to this press dry treatment apparatus, it is possible to achieve a good press dry result more efficiently than with conventional ones.
- By the press dry treatment described above, the sheet of raw paper has better density, elasticity modulus, tensile strength, strength and the like so as to provide an image-recording material support which is excellent in dimension stability and planarity and with which curl is less likely to occur. Accordingly, by using the above image-recording material support, it is possible to provide high-quality images.
- To a cast coat layer which is provided on the raw paper after the press dry treatment, when necessary, a calender treatment by means of a super calender and the like may be carried out.
- —Calender Treatment—
- The paper is preferred to be subjected to the calender treatment after the press dry treatment.
- The calender treatment is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. In this case, however, a high temperature soft calender treatment is preferred, and temperature of the surface of the metal roll is preferably 110° C. or more, more preferably 150° C. or more, and still more preferably 250° C. or more. An upper limit of the temperature is for example 300° C.
- Carrying out the calender treatment can obtain paper having high gloss.
- As described above, the paper under the present invention has high planarity and excellent gloss, and can be used for various applications. Particularly, the paper is preferably to be used for the image-recording material support described below.
- (Image-Recording Material Support)
- Under the present invention, an image-recording material support according to its first aspect comprises a paper which comprises a raw paper. The paper satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) and (ii): (i) the paper has an inner bonding strength of 160 mJ or more specified in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, and an average center surface roughness on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, and (ii) an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ρ (g/cm3) of the paper satisfy an expression S1/2/ρ3≧15.
- As described above, the image-recording material support according to its first aspect is preferably to be subjected to at least one of the press dry treatment and the calender treatment.
- Under the present invention, an image-recording material support according to its second aspect comprises a raw paper subjected to a press dry treatment to thereby form a press-dried face; and a coat layer. The coat layer is made by subjecting the press-dried face of the raw paper to a surface treatment using a member with a smooth surface.
- Moreover, the image-recording material support according to its second aspect comprises another layer, when necessary.
- —Formation of Coat Layer and Transfer of Surface Appearance—
- For formation of coat layer and transfer of surface appearance, a method is proposed of abutting the coat layer to a smooth surface of a member, to thereby transfer the surface appearance. In this case, the smooth surface of the member is preferred to be a mirror face of a metal drum.
- The method for transferring the surface appearance of the smooth surface to the coat layer is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, a cast coat method is preferable. In the cast coat method, a cast coating solution is to be applied to the raw paper which was subjected to the press dry treatment, then, in a state that the entire coat layer or the surface of the coat layer is wet or plastic, the coat layer is to be crimped to a heated finished surface of the metal cast drum. With this, drying the coat layer and the photographing of the finished surface can be simultaneously achieved.
- The cast coast method is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, examples including wet cast method, gelatinization cast method, rewet cast method and the like. Each of the above methods is common in that photographing of the surface appearance of the cast drum with the mirror face can obtain a high-gloss surface of the coat layer. The above methods have the following characteristics, respectively, up to a process that the cast coating solution applied to the raw paper is crimped to the cast drum.
- In
FIG. 3 , the wet cast method (direct method) is shown. In a state that the cast coating solution applied to the raw paper (which was subjected to the press dry treatment) is not dried at all, the cast coating solution is crimped to a cast drum 10 (with a mirror face), to thereby transfer the surface appearance of thecast drum 10. - In
FIG. 4 , the gelatinization cast method is shown. The cast coating solution applied to the raw paper (which was subjected to the press dry treatment) is treated with a coagulation liquid, then the cast coating solution is gelatinized (free from fluidity) and is crimped to the cast drum 10 (with the mirror face), to thereby transfer the surface appearance of thecast drum 10. - In
FIG. 5 , the rewet cast method is shown. The cast coating solution applied to the raw paper (which was subjected to the press dry treatment) is dried in advance, then a rewet liquid having a main component of water is applied to a dried coat face to thereby make a coat material swelled or plasticized, then the cast coat liquid is crimped to the cast drum 10 (with the mirror face) and is dried, to thereby obtain cast coat paper which is smooth and highly glossy. Compared with the wet cast method and the gelatinization cast method, the rewet cast method is good in that the productivity is high. - In each of the wet cast method, the gelatinization cast method and the rewet cast method, the cast drum is the one that is made of metal having a cylindrical outer periphery mirror-machined, and ordinarily is heated at 80° C. to 150° C. for use.
- The coat layer to be disposed at least a first face of the raw paper which was subjected to the press dry treatment is obtained by applying thereto the cast coating solution (including at least a pigment and a binder) and drying it.
- The pigment is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the pigments include silica, alumina, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, kaolin, talc, clay, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, various plastic pigments and the like, to be used either alone or in combination of two ore more.
- The binder is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the binder include starches such as oxidized starch, esterified starch and the like; cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and the like; proteins such as gelatin, casein, soybean albumin and the like; polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, acrylic resin, styrene-acrylic resin, vinyl acetate resin, vinyl chloride resin, urea resin, urethane resin, alkyd resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate resin, styrene-butadiene latex and derivatives thereof. The above binders can be used either alone or in combination of two or more. Use of a plural types of the binders in combination may have proper variations according to property of the cast coating solution, prescription, application of the cast coat paper and the like.
- A content of the binder is preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass (solid conversion) to the entire amount of the coating solution, and more preferably 3% by mass to 8% by mass.
- Blend ratio of the pigment to the binder (P/B=dry blend mass part number of pigment/dry blend mass part number of binder) is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, preferably 1.5 to 15, and more preferably 3 to 7. Greater blend ratio may lose the smoothness.
- To the cast coating solution, the following assistants can be applied when necessary: known assistants such as pigment dispersant, water holding agent, thickener, antifoaming agent, preservative, colorant, waterproof agent, wetting agent, plasticizer, fluorescent paint, ultraviolet absorber, oxidation inhibitor, cationic high molecular electrolyte and the like.
- Examples of coaters for the cast coating solution include blade coater, air knife coater, roll coater, comma coater (made by Kobayashi Engineering Works, Ltd.), brush coater, squeeze coater, curtain oater, kiss coater, bar coater, gravure coater and the like.
- The amount of the cast coating solution (solid conversion) is preferably 2 g/m2 to 50 g/m2, more preferably 3 g/m2 to 30 g/m2.
- Examples of the methods for drying the coat layer include air floating drier, infrared drier, cylinder drier and the like.
- In the case that a cast coat layer is formed by the rewet cast method, examples of the additives of rewet liquids include ammonium salt, polyamide resin, phosphor compound such as hexametaphosphate, amide compound, fluoride, zinc sulfate, calcium formate, and the like.
- In the case that the cast coat layer is to be formed by the coagulation method, examples of coagulants added to the coagulation liquid include salts such as formic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, carbonic acid with calcium, zinc, magnesium, sodium, potassium, barium, lead, cadmium, ammonium, and the like; boric acids such as borax; and the like. The above coagulants can be used either alone or in combination of two or more.
- The cast coat layer can be formed on one side of the raw paper, or on both sides of the raw paper. The number of cast coat layers is not limited to one, instead, a multiple-layer structure is allowed.
- The image-recording material support under the present invention is, as described above, so constituted that the coat layer is formed at least on the side (of the raw paper which was subjected to the press dry treatment) to be formed with the image-recording layer, and the coat layer is allowed to abut on the smooth surface to thereby transfer the surface appearance. With this, the image-recording material support is excellent in surface smoothness and is extremely excellent in gloss.
- The average center surface roughness (SRa) on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with the image-recording layer is preferably 0.5 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 6 mm, more preferably 0.1 μm to 0.4 μm. The average center surface roughness (SRa) over 0.5 μm may cause an insufficient planarity after the coating.
- Herein, the average center surface roughness (SRa) can be obtained by scanning three-dimensionally a plane having a certain roughness, and therefore is different from an average center line roughness (Ra) that can be obtained by scanning a linear roughness of a plane. For example, SURFCOM 570A-3DF (made by Tokyo Seimitsu) can be used for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) at the cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 6 mm, based on the following measuring condition and analysis condition.
- —Measuring Condition and Analysis Condition—
- Scanning direction: MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length: Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch: X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- Scanning speed: 30 mm/sec.
- Band pass filter: 5 mm to 6 mm.
- In terms of surface smoothness and gloss of the image-recording material support: specifically, 20% or more at 20-degree gloss is preferable, and 40% or more at 20-degree gloss is more preferable. The gloss less than 20% may cause an insufficient gloss after the image formation.
- The above 20-degree gloss can be measured based on JIS Z8741.
- In terms of waterproof of the image-recording material support: specifically, Cobb sizing water absorbency (30 sec) is preferred to be 10 g/m2 or less, more preferably 5 g/m2 or less, and still more preferably 4 g/m2 or less.
- The above Cobb sizing water absorbency can be obtained by measuring the amount of water absorbency when a pure water has a contact with a sample for 30 seconds pursuant to JIS P8140.
- (Image-Recording Material)
- The image-recording material under the present invention includes at least a support and an image-recording layer formed on the support. The above support is the image-recording material support under the present invention.
- The image-recording material differs with the use and type thereof, and examples include an electrophotographic material, heat sensitive material, inkjet-recording material, sublimation transfer material, silver salt photographic material, heat transfer material and the like.
- <Electrophotographic Material>
- An electrophotographic material includes an image-recording material support and at least one toner image-receiving layer which is disposed on at least one surface of this support under the present invention. When necessary, the electrophotographic material may further include other layers which may be suitably selected. Examples of the other layers include a surface protection layer, an intermediate layer, an underlayer, a cushion layer, a static control (prevention) layer, a reflection layer, a color tone adjusting layer, a storage property improvement layer, an antistick layer, an anticurl layer, a smoothing layer and the like. These layers may have a single-layer structure or a laminated structure.
- [Toner Image-Receiving Layer]
- The toner image-receiving layer receives a color toner or a black toner and forms an image. The toner image-receiving layer has a function to receive toner which forms an image from a developing drum or an intermediate transfer by (static) electricity or pressure in a transferring step, and to fix the image by heat or pressure in a fixing step.
- The material of the toner image-receiving layer contains at least a polymer, when necessary, and various additives to be added for improving thermodynamic properties of the toner image-receiving layer. Examples of the additives include releasing agent, plasticizer, filler, cross-linking agent, charge control agent, emulsifier, dispersant and the like.
- —Polymer For Toner Image-Receiving Layer—
- Polymer for toner image-receiving layer is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, examples thereof including (1) polyolefin resin, (2) polystyrene resin, (3) acrylic resin, (4) polyvinyl acetate or derivatives thereof, (5) polyamide resin, (6) polyester resin, (7) polycarbonate resin, (8) polyether resin (or acetal resin), (9) other resins. The above polymers may be used either alone or in combination of two or more. Among the above, in terms of embedding of the toner, preferably used are styrene resin, acrylic resin, and polyester resin which have high coagulation energy.
- Examples of (1) polyolefin resins include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene and the like; copolymer resins of olefins (such as ethylene, propylene and the like) with other vinyl monomers; and the like. Examples of the above copolymer resins of olefins with other vinyl monomers include ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer; an ionomer resin which is a copolymer of olefins with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid; and the like. Herein, examples of the derivatives of the polyolefin include chlorinated polyethylene, chlorosulfonated polyethylene and the like.
- Examples of (2) polystyrene resins include polystyrene resin, styrene-isobutylene copolymer, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer (AS resin), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS resin), polystyrene-maleic anhydride resin and the like.
- Examples of (3) acrylic resins include polyacrylic acid or esters thereof, polymethacrylic acid or esters thereof, polyacrylonitrile, polyacrylamide and the like.
- Examples of esters of polyacrylic acid include homopolymer or polytypic copolymer of acrylic acid. Examples of esters of acrylic acid include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl acrylate, dodecyl acrylate, acrylic acid n-octyl, acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, acrylic acid 2-chloroethyl, phenyl acrylate, α-chloroacrylic acid methyl and the like.
- Examples of esters of polymethacrylic acid include homopolymer or polytypic copolymer of methacrylic acid. Examples of esters of methacrylic acid include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate and the like.
- Examples of (4) polyvinyl acetates or derivatives thereof include polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl alcohol which is obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl acetal resin obtained by reacting polyvinyl alcohol with aldehyde (for example, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, butylaldehyde and the like), and the like.
- Examples of (5) polyamide resins include polycondensation of diamine with dibasic acid such as 6-nylon, 6,6-nylon and the like.
- (6) polyester resin is produced by polycondensation of acid composition with alcohol composition. The acid composition is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of (6) polyester resins include maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, malonic acid, n-dodecenyl succinate, isododecenyl succinate, n-dodecyl succinate, isododecyl succinate, n-octenyl succinate, n-octyl succinate, isooctenyl succinate, isooctyl succinate, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, acid anhydrides thereof, low alcohol esters thereof, and the like.
- The above alcohol composition is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Diatomic alcohol is preferable. Examples of fatty series diols include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol and the like. Examples of alkylene oxide adducts of bisphenol A include polyoxypropylene, (2.2)-2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene (3.3)-2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxyethylene (2.0)-2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene (2.0)-polyoxyethylene (2.0)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propylene, polyoxypropylene (6)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane and the like.
- A general example of (7) polycarbonate resin is polycarbonate ester which is obtained by bisphenol A and phosgene.
- Examples of (8) polyether resins (or acetal resin) include polyether resins such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide and the like; acetal resins such as polyoxymethylene as ring-opening polymerization and the like; and the like.
- Examples of (9) other resins include polyurethane resin of polyaddition.
- As the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer, those satisfying toner image-receiving layer properties (to be described afterward) are preferable in a state that the toner image-receiving layer is formed. Those satisfying the above properties alone are more preferable. Use of two or more resins with different toner image-receiving layer properties (to be described afterward) is also preferable.
- As the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer, those having greater molecular weight are preferable than the thermoplastic resin used for the toner. The relative molecular weight is, however, not limited to the above, in view of thermodynamic properties of the thermoplastic resin used for the toner relative to the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer. For example, when the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is higher in terms of softening temperature than the thermoplastic resin used for the toner, preferably, the molecular weight is equal or as the case may be the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer has smaller molecular weight.
- As the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer, it is preferable to use a mixture of resins which have the same composition and have different average molecular weights from each other. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open (JP-A) No. 08-334915 discloses a preferable relation, in terms of molecular weight, between the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer and the thermoplastic resin used for the toner.
- In terms of distribution of molecular weights, the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is preferably wider than the thermoplastic resin used for the toner.
- Preferably, the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer has properties disclosed in JP-A No. 05-127413, JP-A No. 08-194394, JP-A No. 08-334915, JP-A No. 08-334916, JP-A No. 09-171265 and JP-A No. 10-221877.
- The polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is excellent in environmental property and workability since no organic solvent is discharged at coating-drying step (i). Many releasing agents such as wax are unlikely to be solved in solvent at room temperature, and are often dispersed, prior to usage, in solvent (water and organic solvent). Water dispersing form is more stable and is more adaptive to production steps. Moreover, an aqueous coating is more likely to cause bleeding of wax on the surface in the process of coating-drying, thus making it easier to obtain the effect of the releasing agent (antioffset property, adhesive resistance and the like). For the above reasons, aqueous resins such as water-dispersible polymer, water-soluble polymer and the like are preferably used.
- The above aqueous resins, provided that they are either the water-dispersible polymer or the water-soluble polymer, are not particularly limited in terms of composition, bonding structure, molecular structure, molecular weight, molecular weight distribution, form and the like, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of aqueous group of the above polymers include sulfonic group, hydroxyl group, carboxylic group, amino group, amide group, ether group and the like.
- The above water-dispersible polymer can be made, for example, by suitably selecting from the following and combining two or more of them: i) resins made by dispersing in water the polymers for toner image-receiving layer numbered by (1) to (9) above, ii) emulsions made by dispersing in water the polymers for toner image-receiving layer numbered by (1) to (9) above, iii) copolymer thereof, iv) mixture thereof, and v) cationic modified product.
- The water-dispersible polymer can be suitably synthesized for use, or those commercially available are usable. Examples of commercial products of the water-dispersible polymers include polyester resins such as Vylonal series by Toyobo Co., Ltd., Pesresin A series by Takamatsu Oil & Fat Co., Ltd., Tuftone UE series by Kao Corp., Nichigo Polyester WR series by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Elitel series by Unitika Ltd. and the like; and acrylic resins such as Hiros XE, KE, and PE series by Seiko Chemical Industries Co., Ltd., Jurymer ET series by Nihon Junyaku Co., Ltd. and the like.
- The water-dispersible emulsion can be any suitable emulsion that preferably has a volume-average particle diameter of 20 nm or more. Examples of such emulsions are water-dispersible polyurethane emulsions, water-dispersible polyester emulsions, chloroprene emulsions, styrene-butadiene emulsions, nitrile-butadiene emulsions, butadiene emulsions, vinyl chloride emulsions, vinylpyridine-styrene-butadiene emulsions, polybutene emulsions, polyethylene emulsions, vinyl acetate emulsions, ethylene-vinyl acetate emulsions, vinylidene chloride emulsions, and methyl methacrylate-butadiene emulsions. Among them, water-dispersible polyester emulsions are preferred.
- The water-dispersible polyester emulsions are preferably self-dispersible aqueous polyester emulsions, of which self-dispersible aqueous carboxyl-containing polyester emulsions are typically preferred. The “self-dispersible aqueous polyester emulsion” herein means an aqueous emulsion containing a polyester resin that is self-dispersible in an aqueous solvent without the use of an emulsifier and the like. The “self-dispersible aqueous carboxyl-containing polyester emulsion” means an aqueous emulsion containing a polyester that contains carboxyl groups as hydrophilic groups and is self-dispersible in an aqueous solvent.
- The self-dispersible aqueous polyester emulsion preferably satisfies the following requirements (1) to (4). This type of polyester resin emulsion is self-dispersible requiring no surfactant, is low in moisture absorbency even in an atmosphere at high humidity, exhibits less decrease in its softening point due to moisture and can thereby avoid offset in image-fixing and failures due to adhesion between sheets during storage. The emulsion is water-based and is environmentally friendly and excellent in workability. In addition, the polyester resin used herein readily takes a molecular structure with high coagulation energy. Accordingly, the resin has sufficient hardness (rigidity) during its storage but is melted with low elasticity and low viscosity during an image-fixing process for electrophotography, and the toner is sufficiently embedded in the toner-image-receiving layer to thereby form images having sufficiently high quality.
- (1) The number-average molecular weight Mn is preferably from 5000 to 10000 and more preferably from 5000 to 7000.
- (2) The molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) is preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less, wherein Mw is the weight-average molecular weight.
- (3) The glass transition temperature Tg is preferably from 40° C. to 100° C. and more preferably from 50° C. to 80° C.
- (4) The volume average particle diameter is preferably from 20 nm to 200 nm and more preferably from 40 nm to 150 nm.
- (5) The content of the water-dispersible emulsion in the toner-image receiving layer is preferably from 10 percent to 90 percent by weight, and more preferably from 10 percent to 70 percent by weight.
- The water-soluble polymer is not particularly limited, provided that the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 400,000 or less, and can be suitably selected according to the object. The water-soluble polymer can be suitably synthesized for use, or commercially available product thereof can be used. Examples of the water-soluble polymers include polyvinyl alcohol, carboxy-modified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose sulfate, polyethylene oxide, gelatin, cationic starch, casein, sodium polyacrylate, sodium styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer: styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer), sodium polystyrene sulfonate and the like. Among the above, polyethylene oxide is preferable.
- Examples of commercial products of water-soluble polymer include various Plascoat products by Goo Chemical Co., Ltd., Finetex ES series by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Inc. and the like; and those of water-soluble acrylic resins include Jurymer AT series by Nihon Junyaku Co., Ltd., Finetex 6161 and K-96 by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Inc., Hiros NL-1189 and BH-997 by Seiko Chemical Industries Co., Ltd. and the like.
- Examples of the water-soluble resins are given on page 26 of Research Disclosure No. 17,643, page 651 of Research Disclosure No. 18,716, pp. 873-874 of Research Disclosure No. 307,105, and JP-A No. 64-13546.
- A content of the water-soluble polymer in the toner image-receiving layer is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, preferably 0.5 g/m2 to 2 g/m2.
- The polymer for the toner image-receiving layer can be used in combination with other polymer materials, in this case, however, the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is to be greater in content than the other polymer materials.
- In the toner image-receiving layer, the content of polymer for the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, still more preferably 50% by mass or over, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass.
- —Releasing Agent—
- The releasing agent can be blended to the toner image-receiving layer in order to prevent offset of the toner image-receiving layer. Various types of the releasing agent can be used and may be suitably selected according to the object as long as it is able to form a layer of the releasing agent on a surface of the toner image-receiving layer by being heated and melted at a fixing temperature so as to deposit and to remain on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer, and by being cooled and solidified so as to form a layer of the releasing agent, thereafter.
- The releasing agent can be at least one of silicone compounds, fluorine compounds, waxes, and matting agents.
- The releasing agent may be a compound described in Kaitei—Wakkusu no seishitsu to ouyou “Properties and Applications of Wax (Revised)” by Saiwai Publishing, or in the Silicone Handbook published by THE NIKKAN KOGYO SHIMBUN. Also, the silicone compounds, fluorine compounds and wax in the toners mentioned in Japanese Patent Application Publication (JP-B) No. 59-38581, Japanese Patent Application Publication (JP-B) No. 04-32380, Japanese Patent (JP-B) No. 2838498, JP-B No. 2949558, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open (JP-A) No. 50-117433, No. 52-52640, No. 57-148755, No. 61-62056, No. 61-62057, No. 61-118760, and JP-A No. 02-42451, No. 03-41465, No. 04-212175, No. 04-214570, No. 04-263267, No. 05-34966, No. 05-119514, No. 06-59502, No. 06-161150, No. 06-175396, No. 06-219040, No. 06-230600, No. 06-295093, No. 07-36210, No. 07-43940, No. 07-56387, No. 07-56390, No. 07-64335, No. 07-199681, No. 07-223362, No. 07-287413, No. 08-184992, No. 08-227180, No. 08-248671, No. 08-248799, No. 08-248801, No. 08-278663, No. 09-152739, No. 09-160278, No. 09-185181, No. 09-319139, No. 09-319143, No. 10-20549, No. 10-48889, No. 10-198069, No. 10-207116, No. 11-2917, No. 11-44969, No. 11-65156, No. 11-73049 and No. 11-194542 may be used. These compounds can also be used in combination of two or more.
- Examples of the silicone compounds include silicone oil, silicone rubber, silicone fine-particle, silicone-modified resin, reactive silicone compound and the like.
- Such silicone oils include, for example, unmodified silicon oil, amino-modified silicone oil, carboxy-modified silicone oil, carbinol-modified silicone oil, vinyl-modified silicone oil, epoxy-modified silicone oil, polyether-modified silicone oil, silanol-modified silicone oil, methacrylic-modified silicone oil, mercapto-modified silicone oil, alcohol-modified silicone oil, alkyl-modified silicone oil, and fluorine-modified silicone oil.
- Examples of the silicone-modified resins are silicone-modified resins derived from olefinic resins, polyester resins, vinyl resins, polyamide resins, cellulose resins, phenoxy resins, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate resins, urethane resins, acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic resins, or copolymers comprising at least one of these constitutive monomers.
- The fluorine compound is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the fluorine compounds include fluorine oil, fluoro rubber, fluorine-modified resin, fluorine sulfonic acid compound, fluorosulfonic acid, fluorine acid compound or salt thereof, inorganic fluoride and the like.
- The above waxes are largely classified into two, that is, natural wax and synthetic wax.
- The natural wax is preferably at least one wax selected from vegetable wax, animal wax, mineral wax, and petroleum wax, among which vegetable wax is particularly preferable. The natural wax is also preferably a water-dispersible wax, from the viewpoint of compatibility and the like when an aqueous resin is used as the polymer for the toner image-receiving layer.
- The vegetable wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art. The vegetable wax may be a commercial product, or suitably synthesized.
- Examples of the vegetable waxes include carnauba wax, castor oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, Japan tallow, cotton wax, rice wax, sugarcane wax, candellila wax, Japan wax, jojoba oil, and the like.
- Examples of commercial product of the carnauba wax include EMUSTAR AR-0413 from Nippon Seiro Co., Ltd., and Cellusol 524 from Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd, and the like.
- Examples of commercial product of the castor oil include purified castor oil from Itoh Oil Chemicals Co., Ltd.
- Of these, carnauba wax having a melting point of 70° C. to 95° C. is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of providing an electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet which is excellent in antioffset properties, adhesive resistance, paper transporting properties, gloss, is less likely to cause crack and splitting, and is capable of forming high-quality image.
- The animal wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art. Examples of the animal waxes include bees wax, lanolin, spermaceti, whale oil, wool wax and the like.
- The mineral wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art. The mineral wax may be commercial product, or suitably synthesized.
- Examples of the mineral waxes include montan wax, montan ester wax, ozokerite, ceresin and the like. Of these, montan wax having a melting point of 70° C. to 95° C. is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of providing an electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet which is excellent in antioffset properties, adhesive resistance, paper transporting properties, gloss, is less likely to cause crack and splitting, and is capable of forming high-quality image.
- The petroleum wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art. The petroleum wax may be commercial product, or suitably synthesized.
- Examples of the petroleum waxes include paraffin wax, a microcrystalline wax, and petrolatum and the like.
- A content of the natural wax in the toner image-receiving layer (a surface) is preferably 0.1 g/m2 to 4 g/m2, and more preferably 0.2 g/m2 to 2 g/m2.
- When the content is less than 0.1 g/m2, the antioffset properties and the adhesive resistance may deteriorate. When the content is more than 4 g/m2, the quality of an image may deteriorate because of the excessive amount of wax.
- The melting point of the natural wax is preferably 70° C. to 95° C., and more preferably 75° C. to 90° C., from the viewpoint of antioffset properties and paper transporting properties.
- The synthetic waxes are classified into synthetic hydrocarbon, modified wax, hydrogenated wax, and other grease synthetic wax. The synthetic wax is preferably a water-dispersible wax, from the viewpoint of compatibility when an aqueous thermoplastic resin is used as the thermoplastic resin in the toner image-receiving layer.
- Examples of the synthetic hydrocarbons include Fischertropsch wax, polyethylene wax and the like.
- Examples of the grease synthetic waxes include an acid amide compound (specifically, stearic acid amide and the like), an acid imide compound (specifically, anhydrous phthalic acid imide and the like) and the like.
- The modified wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the modified waxes include amine-modified wax, acrylic acid-modified wax, fluorine-modified wax, olefin-modified wax, urethane wax, alcohol wax and the like.
- The hydrogenated wax is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the hydrogenated waxes include cured castor oil, castor oil derivatives, stearic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, behenic acid, sebacic acid, undecylenic acid, heptyl acids, maleic acid, high grade maleic oils and the like.
- The matting agent can be selected from any known matting agents. Solid particles used as the matting agent can be classified into inorganic particles and organic particles. Specifically, the inorganic matting agents may be oxides (for example, silicon dioxide, titanium oxide, magnesium oxide, and aluminum oxide), alkaline earth metal salts (for example, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, and magnesium sulfate), silver halides (for example, silver chloride, and silver bromide), glass and the like.
- Examples of the inorganic matting agents can be found in West German Patent No. 2529321, the U.K. Patent Nos. 760775, 1260772, and the U.S. Pat. Nos. 1,201,905, 2,192,241, 3,053,662, 3,062,649, 3,257,206, 3,322,555, 3,353,958, 3,370,951, 3,411,907, 3,437,484, 3,523,022, 3,615,554, 3,635,714, 3,769,020, 4,021,245 and 4,029,504.
- Materials of the organic matting agent include starch, cellulose ester (for example, cellulose-acetate propionate), cellulose ether (for example, ethyl cellulose) and a synthetic resin. It is preferred that the synthetic resin is insoluble or difficult to become solved. Examples of synthetic resins that are insoluble or of low solubility in water include poly(meth)acrylates (for example, polyalkyl(meth)acrylate, polyalkoxyalkyl(meth)acrylate, polyglycidyl(meth)acrylate), poly(meth) acrylamide, polyvinyl ester (for example, polyvinyl acetate), polyacrylonitrile, polyolefins (for example, polyethylene), polystyrene, benzoguanamine resin, formaldehyde condensation polymer, epoxy resin, polyamide, polycarbonate, phenolic resin, polyvinyl carbazole, polyvinylidene chloride and the like.
- Copolymers, that is, a combination of monomers used in the above polymers may also be used.
- In the case of the copolymers, a small amount of hydrophilic repeating units may be included. Examples of monomers which constitute these hydrophilic repeating units include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, α,β-unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, hydroxyalkyl(meth)acrylate, sulfoalkyl(meth)acrylate, styrene sulfonic acid and the like.
- Examples of the organic matting agents can be found in the U.K. Patent No. 1055713, the U.S. Pat. Nos. 1,939,213, 2,221,873, 2,268,662, 2,322,037, 2,376,005, 2,391,181, 2,701,245, 2,992,101, 3,079,257, 3,262,782, 3,443,946, 3,516,832, 3,539,344, 3,591,379, 3,754,924 and 3,767,448, and JP-A Nos. 49-106821, and 57-14835.
- Also, two or more types of solid particles may be used in combination. The average particle size of the solid particles may suitably be, for example, 1 μm to 100 μm, and is more preferably 4 μm to 30 μm. The usage amount of the solid particles may suitably be 0.01 g/m2 to 0.5 g/m2, and is more preferably 0.02 g/m2 to 0.3 g/m2.
- The melting point (° C.) of the releasing agent is preferably 70° C. to 95° C., and more preferably 75° C. to 90° C., from the viewpoint of antioffset properties and paper transport properties.
- The release agent under the present invention which is added to a toner image-receiving layer may also use derivatives, oxides, refined products, or mixtures of these. These may also have reactive substituents.
- The content of the releasing agent, based on the mass of the toner image-receiving layer, is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.3% by mass to 8.0% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
- The content less than 0.1% by mass may make the antioffset property and adhesion resistance insufficient, while more than 10% by mass may deteriorate the image quality due to too large an amount of releasing agent.
- —Plasticizers—
- The plasticizers known in the art may be used without any particular limitation. These plasticizers have the effect of adjusting the fluidity or softening of the toner image-receiving layer due to one of heat and pressure during toner fixing.
- The plasticizer may be selected by referring to Kagaku binran “Chemical Handbook” (ed. The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen), Kasozai—Sono riron to ouyou “Plasticizers—Theory and Application” (ed. Koichi Murai, Saiwai Shobo), Kasozai no kenkyu—jou “The Study of Plasticizers, Part 1” and Kasozai no kenkyu—ge “The Study of Plasticizers,
Part 2” (ed. Polymer Chemistry Association), or Binran—Gomu purasuchikku haigou yakuhin “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Blending Agents” (ed. Rubber Digest Co.), or the like. - Examples of the plasticizers include esters (for example, phthalic esters, phosphate esters, aliphatic acid esters, abiethyne acid ester, abietic acid ester, sebacic acid esters, azelinic ester, benzoates, butylates, epoxy aliphatic acid esters, glycolic acid esters, propionic acid esters, trimellitic acid esters, citrates, sulfonates, carboxylates, succinic acid esters, maleates, fumaric acid esters, phthalic acid esters, stearic acid esters and the like); amides (for example, aliphatic acid amides and sulfoamides and the like); ethers; alcohols; lactones; polyethyleneoxy; and the like (See JP-A Nos. 59-83154, 59-178451, 59-178453, 59-178454, 59-178455, 59-178457, 62-174754, 62-245253, 61-209444, 61-200538, 62-8145, 62-9348, 62-30247, 62-136646, and 02-235694 and the like).
- The above plasticizers can be mixed into a resin for use.
- The plasticizers may be polymers having relatively low molecular weight. In this case, it is preferred that the molecular weight of the plasticizer is lower than the molecular weight of the binder resin to be plasticized. Preferably, plasticizers have a molecular weight of 15000 or less, or more preferably 5000 or less. When a polymer plasticizer is used as the plasticizer, the kind of the polymer of the polymer plasticizer is preferably the same as that of the binder resin to be plasticized. For example, when the polyester resin is plasticized, polyester having low molecular weight is preferable. Further, oligomers may also be used as plasticizers.
- Apart from the compounds mentioned above, there are commercial products such as, for example, Adecasizer PN-170 and PN-1430 (from Asahi Denka Co., Ltd.); PARAPLEX-G-25, G-30 and G40 (from C. P. Hall); and, rosin ester (ester gum) 8 L-JA, ester R-95, pentalin 4851, FK 115, 4820, 830, Ruizol 28-JA, Picolastic A75, Picotex LC and Cristalex 3085 (from Rika Hercules, Inc) and the like.
- The plasticizer can be used as desired to relax stress and distortion (physical distortions such as elasticity and viscosity, and distortions of mass balance in molecules, binder main chains or pendant portions) which are produced when toner particles are embedded in the toner image-receiving layer.
- The plasticizer may be dispersed in micro in the toner image-receiving layer. The plasticizer may also be dispersed in micro, in a state of sea-island, in the toner image-receiving layer. The plasticizer may present in the toner image-receiving layer in a state of sufficiently mixed with other components such as binder or the like.
- The content of plasticizer in the toner image-receiving layer is preferably 0.001% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 60% by mass, and still more preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass.
- The plasticizer may be used for the purpose of adjusting slidability (improvement of transportability by reducing friction), improving fixing part offset (release of toner or layer to the fixing part), adjusting curl balance, adjusting charge control (formation of a toner electrostatic image), and the like.
- —Colorant—
- The colorant is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of colorants include fluorescent whitening agents, white pigments, colored pigments, dyes and the like.
- The fluorescent whitening agent has absorption in the near-ultraviolet region, and is a compound which emits fluorescence at 400 nm to 500 nm. Various fluorescent whitening agents known in the art may be used without any particular limitation. Examples of the fluorescent whitening agents include the compounds described in The Chemistry of Synthetic Dyes Volume V, Chapter 8 edited by K. VeenRataraman. The fluorescent whitening agent can be suitably synthesized for use, or those commercially available are usable. Specific examples of the fluorescent whitening agents include stilbene compounds, coumarin compounds, biphenyl compounds, benzo-oxazoline compounds, naphthalimide compounds, pyrazoline compounds, carbostyryl compounds and the like. Examples of the commercial fluorescent whitening agents include WHITEX PSN, PHR, HCS, PCS, and B (from Sumitomo Chemicals), UVITEX-OB (from Ciba-Geigy, Co., Ltd.), and the like.
- The white pigment is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art according to the object. Examples of the white pigments include the inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, calcium carbonate and the like.
- The colored pigment is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art according to the object. Examples of the colored pigments include various pigments described in JP-A No. 6344653, azo pigments, polycyclic pigments, condensed polycyclic pigments, lake pigments, carbon black and the like.
- Examples of the azo pigments include azo lakes (such as carmine 6B, red 2B and the like), insoluble azo compounds (such as monoazo yellow, disazo yellow, pyrazolo orange, Balkan orange and the like), condensed azo pigments (such as chromophthal yellow and chromophthal red), and the like.
- Examples of the polycyclic pigments include phthalocyanines such as copper phthalocyanine blue, copper phthalocyanine green, and the like.
- Examples of the condensed polycyclic pigments include dioxazines (such as dioxazine violet), isoindolinones (such as isoindolinone yellow), threne pigments, perylene pigments, perinon pigments, thioindigo pigments, and the like.
- Examples of the lake pigments include malachite green, rhodamine B, rhodamine G, Victoria blue B and the like.
- Examples of the inorganic pigments include oxide (titanium dioxide, iron oxide red and the like), sulfate (settling barium sulfate and the like), carbonate (settling calcium carbonate and the like), silicate (hydrous silicate, silicic anhydride and the like), metal powder (aluminum powder, bronze powder, zinc powder, chrome yellow, iron blue and the like) and the like.
- The above pigments can be used either alone or in combination of two or more.
- The dye is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected from those known in the art according to the object. Examples of the dyes include anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds and the like. These can be used either alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of water-insoluble dyes include architecture dye, disperse dye, oil-soluble dye and the like.
- Examples of the architecture dyes include vat dyes such as C. I. Vat violet 1, C. I.
Vat violet 2, C. I. Vat violet 9, C. I. Vat violet 13, C. I. Vat violet 21, C. I. Vat blue 1, C. I. Vat blue 3, C. I. Vat blue 4, C. I. Vat blue 6, C. I. Vat blue 14, C. I. Vat blue 20, C. I. Vat blue 35 and the like. Examples of the disperse dyes include C. I. disperse violet 1, C. I. disperseviolet 4, C. I. disperseviolet 10, C. I. disperse blue 3, C. I. disperse blue 7, C. I. disperse blue 58 and the like. Examples of the oil-soluble dyes include C. I. solvent violet 13, C. I. solvent violet 14, C. I. solvent violet 21, C. I. solvent violet 27, C. I. solvent blue 11, C. I. solvent blue 12, C. I. solvent blue 25, C. I. solvent blue 55 and the like. - Colored couplers used in silver halide photography may also be preferably used.
- A content of the colorant in the toner image-receiving layer (surface) is preferably 0.1 g/m2 to 8 g/m2, and more preferably 0.5 g/m2 to 5 g/m2.
- When the content of colorant is less than 0.1 g/m2, the light transmittance in the toner image-receiving layer becomes high. When it is more than 8 g/m2, handling becomes more difficult, due to crack and adhesive resistance.
- Among the colorants, the amount of the added pigment is, based on the mass of the thermoplastic resin constituting the toner image-receiving layer, preferably 40% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less.
- The filler may be an organic or inorganic filler. Reinforcers for binder resins, bulking agents and reinforcements known in the art may be used. The filler may be selected, referring to “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Additives” (ed. Rubber Digest Co.), “Plastics Blending Agents—Basics and Applications” (New Edition) (Taisei Co.), “The Filler Handbook” (Taisei Co.), or the like.
- As the filler, various inorganic fillers or inorganic pigments can be used suitably. Examples of inorganic fillers or inorganic pigments include silica, alumina, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, micaceous iron oxide, white lead, lead oxide, cobalt oxide, strontium chromate, molybdenum pigments, smectite, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, calcium carbonate, mullite and the like. Of these, silica and alumina are particularly preferred. These may be used either alone, or in combination of two or more. It is preferred that the filler has a small particle diameter. When the particle diameter is large, the surface of the toner image-receiving layer tends to become rough.
- Examples of the silicas include spherical silica and amorphous silica. The silica may be synthesized by the dry method, wet method or aerogel method. The surface of the hydrophobic silica particles may also be treated by trimethylsilyl groups or silicone. Colloidal silica is preferred. The silica is preferably porous.
- The alumina includes anhydrous alumina and hydrated alumina. Examples of crystallized anhydrous aluminas which may be used are α, β, γ, δ, ζ, η, θ, κ, ρ, or χ. Hydrated alumina is preferred to anhydrous alumina. The hydrated alumina may be a monohydrate or trihydrate. Monohydrates include pseudo-boehmite, boehmite and diaspore. Trihydrates include gibbsite and bayerite. Porous alumina is preferred.
- The alumina hydrate can be synthesized by the sol-gel method, in which ammonia is added to an aluminum salt solution to precipitate alumina, or by hydrolysis of an alkali aluminate. Anhydrous alumina can be obtained by dehydrating alumina hydrate by the action of heat.
- The amount of filler to be added is preferably from 5 parts by mass to 2000 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the dry mass of the binder of the toner image-receiving layer.
- A cross-linking agent can be added in order to adjust the storage stability or thermoplastic properties of the toner image-receiving layer. Examples of the cross-linking agents include compounds containing two or more reactive groups in the molecule, such as an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an active halogen group, an active methylene group, an acetylene group and other reactive groups known in the art.
- The cross-linking agent may also be a compound having two or more groups capable of forming bonds such as hydrogen bonds, ionic bonds, coordinate bonds, or the like.
- Examples of the cross-linking agents include a coupling agent for resin, curing agent, polymerizing agent, polymerization promoter, coagulant, film-forming agent, film-forming assistant, or the like. Examples of the coupling agents include chlorosilanes, vinylsilanes, epoxysilanes, aminosilanes, alkoxyaluminum chelates, titanate coupling agents and the like. The examples further include other agents known in the art such as those mentioned in Binran—Gomu purasuchikkusu no haigou yakuhin “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Additives” (ed. Rubber Digest Co.).
- The charge control agent is preferably added to adjust toner transfer, adhesion or the like to the toner image-receiving layer, and to prevent charge adhesion of the toner image-receiving layer.
- The charge control agent may, without limitation, be any charge control agent known in the art. Examples of the charge control agents include surfactants such as a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, or the like; polymer electrolytes, conductive metal oxides; and the like. Examples include cationic charge inhibitors such as quaternary ammonium salts, polyamine derivatives, cation-modified polymethylmethacrylate, cation-modified polystyrene, or the like; anionic charge inhibitors such as alkyl phosphates, anionic polymers, or the like; and nonionic charge inhibitors such as aliphatic ester, polyethylene oxide, or the like. The examples are not limited thereto, however.
- When the toner has a negative charge, it is preferred that the charge control agent blended with the toner image-receiving layer is, for example, cationic or nonionic.
- Examples of the conductive metal oxides include ZnO, TiO2, SnO2, Al2O3, In2O3, SiO2, MgO, BaO, MoO3 and the like. These conductive metal oxides may be used alone, or may be used in combination of two or more. Moreover, the conductive metal oxide may contain (dope) other elements. For example, ZnO may contain Al, In, or the like, TiO2 may contain Nb, Ta, or the like, and SnO2 may contain Sb, Nb, halogen elements, or the like.
- —Other Additives—
- The materials used for the toner image-receiving layer may also contain various additives to improve image stability when output, or to improve stability of the toner image-receiving layer itself. Examples of the additives include various known antioxidants, age resistors, degradation inhibitors, ozone degradation inhibitors, ultraviolet ray absorbers, metal complexes, light stabilizers, preservatives, fungicide and the like.
- The antioxidant is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the antioxidants include chroman compounds, coumarane compounds, phenol compounds (for example, hindered phenols), hydroquinone derivatives, hindered amine derivatives, spiroindan compounds and the like. The antioxidants can be found in JP-A No. 61-159644.
- Examples of age resistors include those found in Binran—Gomu purasuchikku haigou yakuhin—kaitei dai 2 han “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Additives, Second Edition” (1993, Rubber Digest Co.), pp. 76-121.
- The ultraviolet ray absorber is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the ultraviolet ray absorbers include benzotriazol compounds (described in the U.S. Pat. No. 3,533,794), 4-thiazolidone compounds (described in the U.S. Pat. No. 3,352,681), benzophenone compounds (described in JP-A No. 46-2784), ultraviolet ray absorbing polymers (described in JP-A No. 62-260152).
- The metal complex is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. Examples of the metal complexes include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,241,155, 4,245,018, 4,254,195, JP-A Nos. 61-88256, 62-174741, 63-199248, 01-75568, 01-74272 and the like.
- The ultraviolet ray absorbers and light stabilizers found in Binran—Gomu purasuchikku haigou yakuhin—kaitei dai 2 han “Handbook of Rubber and Plastics Additives, Second Edition” (1993, Rubber Digest Co.), pp. 122-137 are preferably used.
- Additives for photography known in the art may also be added to the material used for the toner image-receiving layer as described above. Examples of the photographic additives can be found in the Journal of Research Disclosure (hereinafter referred to as RD) No. 17643 (December 1978), No. 18716 (November 1979) and No. 307105 (November 1989). The relevant sections are shown.
TABLE 1 Type of additive RD17643 RD18716 RD307105 1. Whitener p. 24 p. 648 right p. 868 column 2. Stabilizer pp. 24-25 p. 649 right pp. 868-870 column 3. Light absorber pp. 25-26 p. 649 right pp. 873 (Ultraviolet ray absorber) column 4. Colorant image p. 25 p. 650 right p. 872 stabilizer column 5. Film hardener p. 26 p. 651 left column p. 874-875 6. Binder p. 26 p. 651 left column p. 873-874 7. Plasticizer, lubricant p. 27 p. 650 right p. 876 column 8. Auxiliary application pp. 26-27 p. 650 right pp. 875-876 agent column (Surfactant) 9. Antistatic agent p. 27 p. 650 right p. 876-877 column 10. Matting agent pp. 878-879 - The toner image-receiving layer under the present invention is formed by applying with a wire coater and the like the coating solution (containing thermoplastic resin for the toner image-receiving layer) to the support and by drying it. The minimum film-forming temperature (MFT) of the thermoplastic resin under the present invention is preferably the room temperature or higher, from the viewpoint of pre-print storage, and preferably 100° C. or lower, from the viewpoint of fixing toner particles.
- The toner image-receiving layer under the present invention preferably has the application mass after drying in a range from 1 g/cm2 to 20 g/cm2, more preferably 4 g/cm2 to 15 g/cm2.
- Thickness of the toner image-receiving layer is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object. For example, the thickness is preferably from 1 μm to 50 μm, more preferably from 1 μm to 30 μm, still more preferably 2 μm to 20 μm, and particularly preferably 5 μm to 15 μm.
- —Physical Properties of Toner Image-Receiving Layer—
- The 180° separation strength of the toner image-receiving layer at the temperature for fixing with the fixing member is preferably 0.1 N/25 mm or less, and more preferably 0.041 N/25 mm or less. The 180° separation strength can be measured based on the method described in JIS K6887 using the surface material of the fixing member.
- It is preferred that the toner image-receiving layer has a high degree of whiteness. This whiteness is measured by the method specified in JIS P 8123, and is preferably 85% or more. It is preferred that the spectral reflectance is 85% or more in the wavelength range of 440 nm to 640 nm, and that the difference between the maximum spectral reflectance and the minimum spectral reflectance in this wavelength range is within 5%. Further, it is more preferred that the spectral reflectance is 85% or more in the wavelength range from 400 nm to 700 nm, and that the difference between the maximum spectral reflectance and the minimum spectral reflectance in the wavelength is within 5%.
- Specifically, for the whiteness, the value of L* is preferably 80 or more, more preferably 85 or more, and still more preferably 90 or more in a CIE 1976 (L*a*b*) color space. The color tint of the white color is preferably as neutral as possible. Regarding the color tint of the whiteness, the value of (a*)2+(b*)2 is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 18 or less, and still more preferably 5 or less in the (L*a*b*) space.
- It is preferred that the toner image-receiving layer has a high surface gloss after being formed. The 45° gloss luster is preferably 60 or more, more preferably 75 or more, and still more preferably 90 or more, over the whole range from white where there is no toner, to black where toner is densed at maximum.
- However, the gloss luster is preferably 110 or less. When it is more than 110, the image has a metallic luster which is undesirable.
- Gloss luster may be measured by JIS Z 8741.
- It is preferred that the toner image-receiving layer has high smoothness after fixing. The arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.5 μm or less, over the whole range from white where there is no toner, to black where toner is densed at maximum.
- Arithmetic average roughness may be measured by JIS B 0601, JIS B 0651, and JIS B 0652.
- It is preferred that the toner image-receiving layer has one of the following physical properties, more preferred that the toner image-receiving layer has several of the following physical properties, and most preferred that the toner image-receiving layer has all of the following physical properties.
- (1) Tm (melting temperature of toner image-receiving layer) is preferably 30° C. or more, and more preferably equal to or less than Tm (melting temperature of toner)+20° C.
- (2) The temperature at which the viscosity of the toner image-receiving layer is 1×105 cp is preferably 40° C. or higher, and more preferably lower than the corresponding temperature for the toner.
- (3) At a fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer, the storage elasticity modulus (G′) is preferably 1×102 Pa to 1×105 Pa, the loss elasticity modulus (G″) is preferably from 1×102 Pa to 1×105 Pa.
- (4) The loss tangent (G″/G′), which is the ratio of the loss elasticity modulus (G″) to the storage elasticity modulus (G′) at a fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer, is preferably from 0.01 to 10.
- (5) The storage elasticity modulus (G′) at a fixing temperature of the toner image-receiving layer is preferably from −50 to +2500, relative to the storage elasticity modulus (G′) at a fixing temperature of the toner.
- (6) The inclination angle on the toner image-receiving layer of the molten toner is preferably 50° or less, and more preferably 40° or less.
- The toner image-receiving layer preferably satisfies the physical properties described in Japanese Patent No. 2788358, and JP-A Nos. 07-248637, 08-305067 and 10-239889.
- It is preferred that the surface electrical resistance of the toner image-receiving layer is 1×106 Ω/cm2 to 1×1015 Ω/cm2 (under conditions of 25° C., 65% RH).
- When the surface electrical resistance is less than 1×106 Ω/cm2, the toner amount transferred to the toner image-receiving layer is insufficient, and the density of the toner image obtained may be too low. On the other hand, when the surface electrical resistance is more than 1×1015 Ω/cm2, more charge than necessary is produced during transfer. Therefore, toner is transferred insufficiently, image density is low and static electricity develops, thus causing dust to adhere during handling of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet. Moreover in this case, misfeed, overfeed, discharge marks, toner transfer dropout and the like may occur during the copying.
- The surface electrical resistances are measured based on JIS K 6911. The sample is left with air-conditioning for 8 hours or more at a temperature of 20° C. and the humidity of 65% for humidity adjustment. Measurements are made using an R8340 produced by Advantest Ltd., under the same environmental conditions after giving an electric current for 1 minute at an applied voltage of 100 V.
- —Other Layers—
- Other layers of the toner image-receiving layer may include, for example, a surface protective layer, back layer, intermediate layer, contact improving layer, undercoat, cushion layer, charge control (inhibiting) layer, reflecting layer, tint adjusting layer, preservability improving layer, anti-adhering layer, anti-curl layer, smoothing layer and the like. These layers may have a single-layer structure or may be formed of two or more layers.
- The surface protective layer is formed on the surface of the toner image-receiving layer for the purpose of protecting the surface, improving preservability, improving handling property, giving writing property, improving machine passing property, giving antioffset property and the like of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet. The surface protective layer may have a single-layer structure or may be formed of two or more layers. As a binder, various kinds of thermoplastic resins, thermosetting resins and the like may be used for the surface protective layer. Resins of the binder and the toner image-receiving layer are preferably of the same kind. In this case, however, the surface protective layer and the toner image-receiving layer do not need to be the same in terms of thermodynamic property, electrostatic property and the like. Those properties can be optimized.
- The surface protective layer can be blended with the various additives described above that are usable for the toner image-receiving layer. Particularly, the surface protective layer can be blended with the releasing agent used under the present invention, and other additives such as matting agent and the like. Various known matting agents are named.
- The top surface layer of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet (for example, the surface protective layer when formed) is preferred to have compatibility with the toner in terms of fixation property. Specifically, the top surface layer preferably has a contact angle with the melted toner in a range from 0° to 40°.
- The back layer of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet is preferably formed on an opposite side of the toner image-receiving layer with respect to the support, for the purpose of giving a backface output property, improving output image quality of the backface, improving curl balance, improving machine passing property and the like.
- Color of the back layer is not particularly limited. In the case of both-side output type image-receiving paper sheet forming the image also on the backface, however, the color of the back layer is also preferred to be white. Like the surface, the back layer is preferred to have whiteness of 85% or more and spectral reflectance of 85% or more.
- Moreover, for improving both-side output property, the back layer may have a structure same as that of the toner image-receiving layer side. The back layer may use the various kinds of additives as explained above. Examples of the blended additives include matting agent, charge control agent and the like. The back layer may have a single-layer structure or may be formed of two or more layers.
- When a mold-releasing oil is used for a fixing roller and the like for preventing offset during the fixing, the back layer may have oil absorbing property.
- In the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet, the above contact improving layer is preferred to be formed for improving the contact of the support and the toner image-receiving layer. The contact improving layer may be blended with various additives described above, particularly the cross-linking agent. Moreover, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet is preferred to have a cushion layer and the like between the contact improving layer and the toner image-receiving layer, for improving receptivity of the toner.
- The intermediate layer may be formed, for example, between the support and the contact improving layer, between the contact improving layer and the cushion layer, between the cushion layer and the toner image-receiving layer, between the toner image-receiving layer and the preservability improving layer and the like. In the case of the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet that is formed with the support, the toner image-receiving layer, and the intermediate layer, the intermediate layer can be formed, for example, between the support and the toner image-receiving layer.
- <Toner>
- The electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet under the present invention is used by allowing the toner image-receiving layer to receive the toner during printing or copying.
- The toner includes at least biding resin and colorant, when necessary, releasing agent and the like.
- —Toner's Binder Resin—
- The binder resin is not particularly limited, and can be selected, according to the object, from those ordinarily used for the toner. Examples of the binder resin include vinyl monopolymer of: styrenes such as styrene, parachlorostyrene, or the like; vinyl esters such as vinyl naphthalene, vinyl chloride, vinyl bromide, vinyl fluoride, vinyl acetate, vinyl propioniate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl butyrate, or the like; methylene aliphatic carboxylates such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, dodecyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, 2-chloroethyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, α-methyl chloroacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, or the like; vinyl nitriles such as acryloniotrile, methacrylonitrile, acrylamide, or the like; vinyl ethers such as vinyl methyl ether, vinyl ethyl ether, vinyl isobutyl ether, or the like; N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinyl pyrrole, N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinyl indole, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, or the like; and vinyl carboxylic acids such as methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, cinnamic acid, or the like. These vinyl monomers may be used either alone, or copolymers thereof may be used. Further, various polyesters may be used, and various waxes may be used in combination.
- Among these resins, it is preferable to use a resin of the same type as the resin used for the toner image receiving layer of the present invention.
- —Toner's Colorant—
- The colorant is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the object from those used ordinarily for the toner. Examples of the colorants include various kinds of pigments such as carbon black, chrome yellow, Hansa yellow, Benzidine Yellow, threne yellow, quinoline yellow, permanent orange GTR, pyrazolone orange, Balkan orange, watch young red, permanent red, brilliant carmine 3B, brilliant carmine 6B, dippon oil red, pyrazolone red, lithol red, rhodamine B lake, lake red C, Rose Bengale, aniline blue, ultramarine blue, chalco oil blue, methylene blue chloride, phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine green, malachite green oxalate and the like. Other examples include various kinds of dyes such as acridine dyes, xanthene dyes, azo dyes, benzoquinone dyes, azine dyes, anthraquinone dyes, thioindigo dyes, dioxazine dyes, thiazine dyes, azomethine dyes, indigo dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, aniline black dyes, polymethine dyes, triphenyl methane dyes, diphenyl methane dyes, thiazine dyes, thiazole dyes, xanthene dyes and the like.
- The above colorants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- A content of the colorant is not particularly limited, and can be suitably selected according to the object, preferably 2% by mass to 8% by mass. The content of the colorant less than 2% by mass may weaken tinting strength, while more than 8% by mass may lose transmittance.
- —Toner's Releasing Agent—
- The releasing agent may be in principle any of the waxes known in the art. Polar waxes containing nitrogen such as highly crystalline polyethylene wax having relatively low molecular weight, Fischertropsch wax, amide wax, urethane wax, and the like are particularly effective.
- For polyethylene wax, it is particularly effective when the molecular weight is 1000 or less, and is more preferable when the molecular weight is 300 to 1000.
- Since the compounds containing urethane bonds tend to stay in a solid state due to the strength of the coagulation force of the polar groups even if the molecular weight is lower, and since the melting point may be set higher in view of the molecular weight, such compounds are suitable in general. The preferred molecular weight is 300 to 1000. The raw materials may be selected from various combinations such as a diisocyanic acid compound with a mono-alcohol, a monoisocyanic acid with a mono-alcohol, dialcohol with mono-isocyanic acid, tri-alcohol with a monoisocyanic acid, and a triisocyanic acid compound with mono-alcohol. However, in order to prevent the molecular weight from becoming too large, it is preferable to combine a compound having multiple functional groups with another compound having one functional group, and it is important that the amount of functional groups be equivalent.
- Examples of the monoisocyanic acid compounds include dodecyl isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate and derivatives thereof, naphthyl isocyanate, hexyl isocyanate, benzil isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, and the like.
- Examples of the diisocyanic acid compounds include tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4′ diphenylmethane diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, 4-methyl-m-phenylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, and the like.
- Examples of the monoalcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, heptanol, and the like.
- Examples of the dialcohols include various glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, and the like.
- Examples of the trialcohols include trimethylol propane, triethylol propane, trimethanol ethane, and the like.
- Like an ordinary releasing agent, the above urethane compounds can be mixed with resin or colorant, to be used as mixed-pulverized type toner. When used for the toner of the emulsion polymerization melting method, the urethane compound is to be dispersed in water in combination with the ion surfactant or high molecular electrolyte (such as high molecular acid or high molecular base), and then heated to the melting point or more, then subjected to a strong shearing caused by homogenizer or pressure discharge type dispersing apparatus for forming fine-particles, to thereby prepare releasing agent particle-containing dispersing liquid (particle: 1 μm or less) which can be used in combination with the resin particle-containing dispersing liquid, the colorant-containing dispersing liquid and the like.
- —Other Components of Toner—
- The toner can be blended with other components such as inner additive, charge control agent, inorganic fine-particle, and the like. Examples of the inner additives include metals such as ferrite, magnetite, reduced iron, cobalt, nickel, manganese and the like; alloy; magnetic bodies such as compounds including the above metals; and the like.
- Examples of charge control agents include those ordinarily used such as quaternary ammonium salts, nigrosine compounds, dyes made of complexes (such as aluminum, iron, chrome, and the like), triphenyl methane pigments, and the like. It is preferable that the charge control agent is unlikely to be soluble in water, from the view point of controlling ion strength which may cause an effect on stability during coagulation or meting, and the viewpoint of reducing waste water pollutant.
- Examples of the inorganic fine-particles include all ordinary outer additives on the toner surface such as silica, alumina, titania, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, tricalcium phosphate and the like. The above particles are preferably used by dispersing with ion surfactant, high molecular acid, and high molecular base.
- Surfactants may also be used for emulsion polymerization, seed polymerization, pigment dispersion, resin particle dispersion, releasing agent dispersion, coagulation or stabilization thereof. For example, it is effective to use, in combination, anionic surfactants such as sulfuric acid ester salts, sulfonic acid salts, phosphoric acid esters, soaps, or the like; cationic surfactants such as amine salts, quaternary ammonium salts, or the like; or non-ionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycols, alkylphenol ethylene oxide adducts, polybasic alcohols, or the like. These may generally be dispersed by a rotary shear homogenizer or a ball mill, sand mill, dyno mill, or the like, all of which contain the media.
- When necessary, the toner may be added by an outer additive. Examples of the outer additives include inorganic particle or organic particle. Examples of the inorganic particles include SiO2, TiO2, Al2O3, CuO, ZnO, SnO2, Fe2O3, MgO, BaO, CaO, K2O, Na2O, ZrO2, CaO.SiO2, K2O.(TiO2)n, Al2O3, 2SiO2, CaCO3, MgCO3, BaSO4, MgSO4 and the like. Examples of the organic particles include fatty acids or derivatives thereof, powders of the above meal salts and the like, resin particles (such as fluorine resin, polyethylene resin, acrylic resin and the like), and the like.
- Average particle diameter of the above is preferably from 0.01 μm to 5 μm, more preferably from 0.1 μm to 2 μm.
- There is no particular limitation on the process of manufacturing the toner, but it is preferably manufactured by a process comprising the steps of (i) forming coagulation particles in a dispersion of resin particles to manufacture a coagulation particle dispersion, (ii) adding a fine particle dispersion to the coagulation particle dispersion so that the fine particles adhere to the coagulation particles, thus forming adhesion particles, and (iii) heating the adhesion particles which melt to form toner particles.
- —Physical Properties of Toner—
- The toner preferably has a volume average particle diameter of 0.5 μm to 10 μm. Lower than the above range may cause a harmful effect on toner's handling (supplying property, cleanability, fluidity and the like), and may decrease particle productivity. Larger than the above range may cause harmful effect on image and resolution attributable to granulariness and transferability.
- It is preferable that the toner under the present invention satisfies the above range of volume average particle diameter and has a distribution index of volume average particle diameter (GSDv) of 1.3 or less.
- The ratio (GSDv/GSDn) of the distribution index of volume average particle diameter (GSDv) to a distribution index of number average particle diameter (GSDn) is preferably 0.95 or more.
- It is preferable that the toner under the present invention satisfies the above range of volume average particle diameter and has an average (1.00 to 1.50) of configuration indexes given by the following expression.
Configuration index=(π×L 2)/(4×S)
(where L denotes the maximum length of toner particle, and S denotes projected area of toner particle) - The toner satisfying the above conditions can bring about an effect on image, particularly granulariness and resolution. Moreover in this case, dropout or blur which may be caused by transfer is unlikely to occur, and handling may be unlikely to be influenced even when the average particle diameter becomes small.
- From the viewpoint of improving image quality and preventing offset during the fixing step, it is preferable that the toner in itself has storage elasticity modulus G′ (measured at angle frequency of 10 rad/sec) of 1×102 Pa to 1×105 Pa at 150° C.
- <Silver Salt Photographic Material>
- The silver salt photographic material has, for example, a configuration in which an image-recording layer which develops at least yellow, magenta, and cyan (YMC) is disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention. It is generally used in, for example, silver halide photography in which an exposed and printed silver halide photographic sheet is soaked in several treatment baths one after another so as to perform color developing, bleaching and fixing, washing with water, and drying.
- <Inkjet-Recording Material>
- The inkjet-recording material includes, for example, a colorant-receiving layer disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention, where the colorant-receiving layer is capable of receiving a liquid ink such as an aqueous ink (using a pigment or dye as the colorant), an oil ink and the like; a solid ink which is solid at room temperature and which is melted and liquefied when used for a print; and the like.
- <Heat Transfer Material>
- The heat transfer material has, for example, a configuration in which at least a heat-melting ink layer as an image-recording layer is disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention. It is generally used in, for example, a method in which a heat sensitive head heats the heat-melting ink layer so as to melt and transfer the ink to a heat transfer sheet.
- <Heat Sensitive Material>
- The heat sensitive material has, for example, a configuration in which at least a heat-coloring layer is disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention. Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, heat sensitive material and the like used in thermo-autochrome method (TA method) in which a repetition of heating by a heat sensitive head and fixing by ultraviolet light forms an image.
- <Sublimation Transfer Material>
- The sublimation transfer material has, for example, a configuration in which at least an ink layer containing a heat-diffusion pigment (subliming pigment) is disposed on an image-recording material support under the present invention. It is generally used in, for example, a sublimation transfer method in which a heat sensitive head heats an ink layer so as to transfer the heat-diffusion pigment to a sublimation transfer sheet.
- <Printing Paper>
- The image-recording material support is preferably used as printing paper. In this case, the support is preferred to have high mechanical strength since the ink is to be applied by means of a printing machine.
- The raw materials used as the image-receiving material support preferably include filling material, softener, an inner additive assistant for paper, and the like. The filling materials ordinarily used are usable, whose examples including inorganic filling materials such as clay, firing clay, diatom earth, talc, kaolin, firing kaolin, delaminated kaolin, heavy calcium carbonate, soft calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, titanium carbonate, zinc oxide, silicon oxide, amorphous silica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide and the like; organic filling materials such as urea-formalin resin, polystyrene resin, phenol resin, minor hollow particle, and the like; and the like. The above filling materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of the inner additive assistants for paper-making include those conventionally used such as various kinds of yield promoters which are nonionic, cationic, and anionic; freeness promoter; paper force promoter; inner additive sizing agent; and the like. Specific examples include basic aluminum compounds such as aluminum sulfate, aluminum chloride, sodium aluminate, basic aluminum chloride, basic poly(aluminum hydroxide)s; polyvalent metal compounds such as ferrous sulfate, ferric sulfate, and the like; water soluble high polymers such as starch, modified starch, polyacrylamide, urea resin, melamine resin, epoxy resin, polyamide resin, polyamine resin, polyamine, polyethylene imine, plant gum, polyvinyl alcohol, latex, polyethylene oxide, and the like; various compounds such as hydrophilic cross-linking agent polymer particle dispersion, derivatives thereof, and modified product thereof; and the like. The above materials have several functions at the same time as inner additive assistants for the paper-making.
- Examples of materials having a remarkable function as inner sizing agent include alkyl ketene dimer compounds, alkenyl succinic anhydride compound, styrene-acrylic compound, higher fatty acid compound, petroleum resin sizing agent, rosin sizing agent, and the like.
- Other examples of the inner sizing agents include those for paper-making such as dye, fluorescent whitening agent, pH regulator, defoaming agent, pitch control agent, slime control agent, and the like.
- The printing paper is particularly preferable for offset printing paper. The other applications include relief printing, gravure printing, electrophotography, and the like.
- The image-receiving material under the present invention has high-quality image and high gloss after image-forming, and causes a small curl. Therefore, the image-receiving material under the present invention is preferably used for electrophotographic material, heat sensitive material, inkjet-recording material, sublimation transfer material, silver salt photographic material, heat transfer material, and the like.
- Hereafter, the present invention will be described by means of examples, but it will be understood that the invention is not construed as being limited thereto.
- Broad-leaf (hardwood) tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) was beaten to a Canadian Standard Freeness (C. S. F.) of 280 ml using a disk refiner, to thereby prepare a pulp paper material having fiber length of 0.60 mm.
- To this pulp paper material, the following additives were added based on the pulp mass: cation starch 1.6% by mass, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD) 0.4% by mass, anion polyacrylamide 0.3% by mass, epoxidized fatty acid amide (EFA) 0.2% by mass, and polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrine 0.2% by mass. An alkyl part of the above alkyl ketene dimer originates from a fatty acid having a main component of behenic acid. A fatty acid part of the epoxidized fatty acid amide originates from a fatty acid having a main component of behenic acid.
- Thereafter, the pulp paper material was treated with a manual paper-making machine to make wet paper having an absolute dry weight of 140 g/m2 and water content of 68%.
- Both sides of the wet paper thus obtained were covered with filter paper and dehydrated using a wet press apparatus to adjust water content to 47%.
- The dehydrated wet paper was then dried with a press dry treatment apparatus similar to the one shown in
FIG. 1 (Static Condebelt available from VALMET) to prepare raw paper with water content of 7.0% after drying. The press dry treatment was performed in a condition where the temperature of an upper plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (surface) where an image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 150° C., the temperature of a lower plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (backface) where no image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 85° C., pressure was set at 0.4 MPa, and drying time was set at 1 second. - The press-dry-treated raw paper was then calendered using a soft calender apparatus under the following conditions. The paper was passed through so that a metal roller having a surface temperature of 250° C. was in contact with the side (surface) of the raw paper on which an image-recording layer was to be formed, while allowing a resin roll on the opposite side to have a set surface temperature of 40° C. The thus obtained paper as the image-recording material support has a density of 0.96 g/cm3.
- In this specification, including the claims, the terms “calender,” “calender apparatus,” and “calendering apparatus,” when referring to a machine used for calendering, mean the same.
- Various conditions for the paper-making process were set as shown in Table 2. In the same manner as that in Example A-1, image-recording material supports of Example A-2 to Example A-4 and Comparative Example A-1 to Comparative Example A-6 were prepared.
TABLE 2 Density Dry Pulp (g/cm3) Example A-1 Press dry LBKP = 100 0.87 Example A-2 Press dry LBKP = 100 0.98 Example A-3 Press dry LBKP/NBKP = 75/25 0.93 Example A-4 Press dry LBKP/NBKP = 75/25 1.05 Comparative Press dry LBKP/NBKP = 25/75 0.87 Example A-1 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP = 100 0.86 Example A-2 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP = 100 0.99 Example A-3 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP/NBKP = 75/25 0.97 Example A-4 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP/NBKP = 75/25 1.12 Example A-5 Comparative Cylinder dry LBKP/NBKP = 50/50 0.97 Example A-6 - Next, the thus obtained paper (image-recording material support) from Example A-1 to Example A-4 and Comparative Example A-1 to Comparative Example A-6 was subjected to an evaluation of inner bonding strength and planarity. The results are shown in Table 3.
- <Evaluation of Inner Bonding Strength>
- Inner bonding strength was measured based on JAPAN TAPPI No. 54.
- <Evaluation of Planarity>
- A surface configuration measuring apparatus SURFCOM 570A-3DF (made by Tokyo Seimitsu) was used for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with the image-recording layer, at the cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm.
- —Measuring Condition and Analysis Condition—
- Scanning direction: MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length: Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch: X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- Scanning speed: 30 mm/sec.
- Band pass filter: 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (SRa is 0.8 μm or less).
- B: Good (SRa is 0.8 μm to less than 0.95 μm).
- C: Mediocre (SRa is 0.95 μm to less than 1.1 μm).
- D: Poor (SRa is 1.1 μm or more).
TABLE 3 Inner bonding Smoothness strength Evaluation SRa (μm) Example A-1 218 mJ B 0.85 Example A-2 228 mJ A 0.73 Example A-3 268 mJ B 0.84 Example A-4 270 mJ A 0.75 Comparative 368 mJ C 0.97 Example A-1 Comparative 149 mJ C 0.99 Example A-2 Comparative 151 mJ B 0.91 Example A-3 Comparative 192 mJ C 1.09 Example A-4 Comparative 198 mJ B 0.93 Example A-5 Comparative 240 mJ D 1.21 Example A-6 - The paper sheets (image-recording material supports) of Example A-1 to Example A-4 and Comparative Example A-1 to Comparative Example A-6 were used for preparing the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets, respectively, of Example A-5 to Example A-8 and Comparative Example A-7 to Comparative Example A-12, in the following methods.
- —Titanium Dioxide Dispersion Solution—
- The following components were blended and dispersed using an NBK-2 non-bubbling kneader (available from Nippon Seiki) to prepare a titanium dioxide dispersion solution (titanium dioxide pigment: 40% by mass).
Titanium dioxide 40.0 g (TIPAQUE (registered Trademark) A-220, available from Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.) Polyvinyl alcohol 2.0 g (PVA102, available from Kuraray Co., Ltd.) Ion exchange water 58.0 g
—Preparation of Coating Solution for Toner Image-Receiving Layer— - The following components were mixed and stirred to prepare the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer.
Aforementioned titanium dioxide dispersion 15.5 g solution Carnauba wax dispersion solution 15.0 g (Cellosol 524, available from Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.) Polyester resin aqueous dispersion 100.0 g (solids 30% by mass, KZA-7049, Unitika Ltd.) Thickener (Alcox E30, MEISEI CHEMICAL 2.0 g WORKS, LTD) Anionic surfactant (AOT) 0.5 g Ion exchange water 80 ml - The thus obtained coating solution for toner image-receiving layer had a viscosity of 40 mPa·s and a surface tension of 34 mN/m.
- —Preparation of Back Layer Coating Solution—
- The following components were mixed and stirred to prepare a back layer coating solution.
Acrylate resin aqueous dispersion 100.0 g (solids 30% by mass, High-Loss XBH-997L, available from Seiko Chemicals) Matting agent 5.0 g (Techpolymer MBX-12, available from Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) Releasing agent (Hydrin D337, Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.) 10.0 g Thickener (CMC) 2.0 g Anionic surfactant (AOT) 0.5 g Ion exchange water 80 ml - The thus obtained back layer coating solution had a viscosity of 35 mPa·s and a surface tension of 33 mN/m.
- —Coating of Back Layer and Toner Image-Receiving Layer—
- To the backface (namely, the side not to be formed with the toner image-receiving layer) of the image-recording material support of each of Example A-1 to Example A-4 and Comparative Example A-1 to Comparative Example A-6, the back layer coating solution was applied with a bar coater, such that the coating amount was 9 g/m2 in dry mass, to thereby form the back layer. Then, to the surface of the image-recording material support, the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer was applied with a bar coater in the same manner as the back layer, such that the coating amount was 12 g/m2 in dry mass, to thereby form the toner image-receiving layer. The content of the pigment in the toner image-receiving layer was 5% by mass, relative to the mass of the thermoplastic resin.
- After the back layer coating solution and the toner image-receiving layer coating solution were coated, they were dried by hot air, online. Airflow and temperature for drying were adjusted, so that both the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were dried within 2 minutes after the coating. The point of dryness was determined when the surface temperature of the coating was equal to the wet-bulb temperature of the airflow for drying.
- After the drying, a calender treatment was performed. A gloss calender was used for the calender treatment in which the temperature of a metal roller was maintained at 40° C. and a nip pressure was set at 14.7 kN/m2 (15 kgf/cm2).
- Each of the thus obtained electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets was cut to A4 size, and an image was printed thereon. The printer used here was a color laser printer (DocuColor 1250-PF) produced by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd., excluding that a fixing belt apparatus 1 shown in
FIG. 6 was installed. - Specifically, in the fixing belt apparatus 1 as shown in
FIG. 6 , a fixingbelt 2 is suspended around aheating roller 3 and atension roller 5. A cleaningroller 6 is provided via the fixingbelt 2 above thetension roller 5, and a pressurizingroller 4 is further provided via the fixingbelt 2 below theheating roller 3. InFIG. 6 , starting from the right-hand side, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet carrying a toner latent image was introduced between theheating roller 3 and the pressurizingroller 4, was fixed and then transported on the fixingbelt 2. Thereafter, in this process, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet was cooled by acooling device 7, and the fixingbelt 2 was finally cleaned by a cleaningroller 6. - In the fixing belt apparatus 1, the transport speed at the fixing
belt 2 is 30 mm/sec, the nip pressure between theheating roller 3 and the pressurizingroller 4 was 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm2), and the temperature of theheating roller 3 was 150° C. which corresponded to the fixing temperature. The temperature of the pressurizingroller 4 was set at 120° C. - For each electrophotographic print thus obtained, image quality, gloss and curl were evaluated in the following manner. The results are shown in Table 4.
- <Evaluation of Image Quality>
- The image quality of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best image quality was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- <Evaluation of Gloss>
- The gloss of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best gloss was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- <Evaluation of Curl>
- The curl of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the least curl was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: No curl is found (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: A small curl is found, but not problematical (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Curl is found (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: A large curl is found (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
TABLE 4 Image Curl Support Gloss quality property Example A-5 Example A-1 A A A Example A-6 Example A-2 A A A Example A-7 Example A-3 A A A Example A-8 Example A-4 A A B Comparative Comparative B C A Example A-7 Example A-1 Comparative Comparative C C B Example A-8 Example A-2 Comparative Comparative C B C Example A-9 Example A-3 Comparative Comparative C C B Example Example A-4 A-10 Comparative Comparative C B C Example Example A-5 A-11 Comparative Comparative C D A Example Example A-6 A-12 - With the image-recording material supports prepared in Example A-1 to Example A-4 and Comparative Example A-1 to Comparative Example A-6, gelatin 0.1 g/m2 was applied to the side (surface) to be formed with the image-recording layer. The thus obtained gelatin coat face was further coated with the overlapping coatings in the following order of: i) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for yellow coloring photograph, ii) gelatin intermediate layer, iii) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for magenta coloring photograph, iv) gelatin intermediate layer, v) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for cyanogen coloring photograph, and vi) gelatin protective layer, to thereby prepare the photographic printing paper sheets, respectively, of Example A-9 to Example A-12 and Comparative Example A-13 to Comparative Example A-18.
- The photographic printing papers thus obtained were exposed and developed to prepare photographic prints. For each photographic print, surface smoothness (small-scale irregularity (1 mm or less) and large-scale irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm)) was evaluated in the following manner. The results are shown in Table 5.
- <Surface Smoothness (Small-Scale Irregularity (1 mm or Less))>
- The surface appearance of each photographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best surface smoothness (small-scale irregularity (1 mm or less)) was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- <Surface Smoothness (Large-Scale Irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm))>
- The surface appearance of each photographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best surface smoothness (large-scale irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm)) was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
TABLE 5 Surface smoothness Small-scale Large-scale irregularity irregularity Support (1 mm or less) (5 mm to 6 mm) Example A-9 Example A-1 A A Example Example A-2 A A A-10 Example Example A-3 A A A-11 Example Example A-4 A A A-12 Comparative Comparative A C Example Example A-1 A-13 Comparative Comparative D D Example Example A-2 A-14 Comparative Comparative C B Example Example A-3 A-15 Comparative Comparative C C Example Example A-4 A-16 Comparative Comparative C B Example Example A-5 A-17 Comparative Comparative C D Example Example A-6 A-18 - Broad-leaf (hardwood) tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) was beaten to a Canadian Standard Freeness (C. S. F.) of 300 ml using a disk refiner, to thereby prepare a pulp paper material having fiber length of 0.60 mm.
- To this pulp paper material, the following additives were added based on the pulp mass: cation starch 1.2% by mass, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD) 0.5% by mass, anion polyacrylamide 0.2% by mass, epoxidized fatty acid amide (EFA) 0.2% by mass, and polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrine 0.3% by mass. An alkyl part of the above alkyl ketene dimer originates from a fatty acid having a main component of behenic acid. A fatty acid part of the epoxidized fatty acid amide originates from a fatty acid having a main component of behenic acid.
- Thereafter, the pulp paper material was treated with a manual paper-making machine to make wet paper having an absolute dry weight of 160 g/m2 and water content of 68%.
- Both sides of the wet paper were covered with filter paper and dehydrated using a wet press apparatus to adjust water content to 54%.
- The dehydrated wet paper was then dried with a press dry treatment apparatus similar to the one shown in
FIG. 1 (Static Condebelt available from VALMET) to prepare raw paper with water content of 7.0% after drying. The press dry treatment was performed in a condition where the temperature of an upper plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (surface) where an image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 150° C., the temperature of a lower plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (backface) where no image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 85° C., pressure was set at 0.4 MPa, and drying time was set at 1 second. - The press-dry-treated raw paper was then calendered using a soft calender apparatus under the following conditions. The paper was passed through so that a metal roller having a surface temperature of 250° C. was in contact with the side (surface) of the raw paper on which an image-recording layer was to be formed, while allowing a resin roll on the opposite side to have a set surface temperature of 40° C.
- With the image-recording material support, the Oken type smoothness S (second) based on JAPAN TAPPI No. 5 method B was measured on the side (surface) to be formed with the image-recording layer. The Oken type smoothness S (second) was 251 seconds while a density ρ (g/cm3) of the image-recording material support was 0.95 g/cm3. From the above Oken type smoothness S (second) and density ρ (g/cm3), the H index (obtained by the expression S1/2/ρ3) was measured to be 18.4. The results are shown in Table 6.
- Various conditions for the paper-making process were set as shown in Table 6. In the same manner as that in Example B-1, image-recording material supports of Example B-2 to Example B-4 and Comparative Example B-1 to Comparative Example B-5 were prepared.
TABLE 6 ρ Calen- (g/ H Dry der cm3) ρ3 S S1/2 index Example B-1 Press Calen- 0.95 0.86 251 15.8 18.4 dry dered Example B-2 Press Not calen- 0.87 0.66 151 12.3 18.7 dry dered Example B-3 Press Calen- 0.98 0.94 295 17.2 18.3 dry dered Example B-4 Press Calen- 1.01 1.03 315 17.7 17.2 dry dered Comparative Cylinder Calen- 0.81 0.53 50 7.07 13.3 Example B-1 dry dered Comparative Cylinder Calen- 0.89 0.70 111 10.5 14.9 Example B-2 dry dered Comparative Cylinder Calen- 1.05 1.16 180 13.4 11.6 Example B-3 dry dered Comparative Cylinder Calen- 1.12 1.40 250 15.8 11.2 Example B-4 dry dered Comparative Cylinder Not calen- 0.72 0.37 17 4.12 11.0 Example B-5 dry dered - Next, the thus obtained paper (image-recording material support) from Example B-1 to Example B-4 and Comparative Example B-1 to Comparative Example B-5 was subjected to an evaluation of gloss, surface planarity, and rigidity (stiffness). The results are shown in Table 7.
- <Evaluation of Gloss>
- The gloss of each image-recording material support was visually observed and was evaluated. The support with the best gloss was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis. The results are shown in Table 7.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good.
- B: Good.
- C: Mediocre.
- D: Poor.
- E: Very poor.
- <Evaluation of Surface Roughness>
- A surface configuration measuring apparatus SURFCOM 570A-3DF (made by Tokyo Seimitsu) was used for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with the image-recording layer, at the cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 6 mm.
- —Measuring Condition and Analysis Condition—
- Scanning direction: MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length: Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch: X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- Scanning speed: 30 mm/sec.
- Band pass filter: 5 mm to 6 mm
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (SRa is 0.3 μm or less).
- B: Good (SRa is less than 0.5 μm).
- C: Mediocre (SRa is 0.5 μm to less than 1.0 μm).
- D: Poor (SRa is 1.0 μm to less than 2.0 μm).
- E: Very poor (SRa is 2.0 μm or more).
- <Evaluation of Rigidity (Stiffness)>
- The rigidity (stiffness) of the image-recording material support thus obtained was evaluated by hand-touch based on standard 1 to
standard 5, where the greater the figure is the better the rigidity (stiffness) is. The results are shown in Table 7.TABLE 7 Surface Rigidity roughness Gloss (stiffness) Example B-1 A A 4 Example B-2 A B 4 Example B-3 A A 4 Example B-4 A A 3 Comparative D D 4 Example B-1 Comparative D C 3 Example B-2 Comparative B B 2 Example B-3 Comparative A A 1 Example B-4 Comparative E D 4 Example B-5 - The paper sheets (image-recording material supports) of Example B-1 to Example B-4 and Comparative Example B-1 to Comparative Example B-5 were used for preparing the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets, respectively, of Example B-5 to Example B-8 and Comparative Example B-6 to Comparative Example B-10, in the following methods.
- —Titanium Dioxide Dispersion Solution—
- The following components were blended and dispersed using an NBK-2 non-bubbling kneader (available from Nippon Seiki) to prepare a titanium dioxide dispersion solution (titanium dioxide pigment: 40% by mass).
Titanium dioxide 40.0 g (TIPAQUE (registered Trademark) A-220, available from Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.) Polyvinyl alcohol 2.0 g (PVA102, available from Kuraray Co., Ltd.) Ion exchange water 58.0 g
—Preparation of Coating Solution for Toner Image-Receiving Layer— - The following components were mixed and stirred to prepare the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer.
Aforementioned titanium dioxide dispersion 15.5 g solution Carnauba wax dispersion solution 15.0 g (Cellosol 524, available from Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.) Polyester resin aqueous dispersion 100.0 g (solids 30% by mass, KZA-7049, Unitika Ltd.) Thickener (Alcox E30, MEISEI CHEMICAL 2.0 g WORKS, LTD) Anionic surfactant (AOT) 0.5 g Ion exchange water 80 ml - The thus obtained coating solution for toner image-receiving layer had a viscosity of 40 mPa·s and a surface tension of 34 mN/m.
- —Preparation of Back Layer Coating Solution—
- The following components were mixed and stirred to prepare a back layer coating solution.
Acrylate resin aqueous dispersion 100.0 g (solids 30% by mass, High-Loss XBH-997L, available from Seiko Chemicals) Matting agent 5.0 g (Techpolymer MBX-12, available from Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) Releasing agent (Hydrin D337, Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.) 10.0 g Thickener (CMC) 2.0 g Anionic surfactant (AOT) 0.5 g Ion exchange water 80 ml - The thus obtained back layer coating solution had a viscosity of 35 mPa·s and a surface tension of 33 mN/m.
- —Coating of Back Layer and Toner Image-Receiving Layer—
- To the backface (namely, the side not to be formed with the toner image-receiving layer) of the image-recording material support of each of Example B-1 to Example B-4 and Comparative Example B-1 to Comparative Example B-5, the back layer coating solution was applied with a bar coater, such that the coating amount was 9 g/m2 in dry mass, to thereby form the back layer. Then, to the surface of the image-recording material support, the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer was applied with a bar coater in the same manner as the back layer, such that the coating amount was 12 g/m2 in dry mass, to thereby form the toner image-receiving layer. The content of the pigment in the toner image-receiving layer was 5% by mass, relative to the mass of the thermoplastic resin.
- After the back layer coating solution and the toner image-receiving layer coating solution were coated, they were dried by hot air, online. Airflow and temperature for drying were adjusted, so that both the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were dried within 2 minutes after the coating. The point of dryness was determined when the surface temperature of the coating was equal to the wet-bulb temperature of the airflow for drying.
- After the drying, a calender treatment was performed. A gloss calender was used for the calender treatment in which the temperature of a metal roller was maintained at 40° C. and a nip pressure was set at 14.7 kN/m2 (15 kgf/cm2).
- Each of the thus obtained electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets was cut to A4 size, and an image was printed thereon. The printer used here was a color laser printer (DocuColor 1250-PF) produced by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd., excluding that a fixing belt apparatus 1 shown in
FIG. 6 was installed. - Specifically, in the fixing belt apparatus 1 as shown in
FIG. 6 , a fixingbelt 2 is suspended around aheating roller 3 and atension roller 5. A cleaningroller 6 is provided via the fixingbelt 2 above thetension roller 5, and a pressurizingroller 4 is further provided via the fixingbelt 2 below theheating roller 3. InFIG. 6 , starting from the right-hand side, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet carrying a toner latent image was introduced between theheating roller 3 and the pressurizingroller 4, was fixed and then transported on the fixingbelt 2. Thereafter, in this process, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet was cooled by acooling device 7, and the fixingbelt 2 was finally cleaned by a cleaningroller 6. - In the fixing belt apparatus 1, the transport speed at the fixing
belt 2 is 30 mm/sec, the nip pressure between theheating roller 3 and the pressurizingroller 4 was 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm2), and the temperature of theheating roller 3 was 150° C. which corresponded to the fixing temperature. The temperature of the pressurizingroller 4 was set at 120° C. - For each electrophotographic print thus obtained, image quality, gloss and rigidity (stiffness) were evaluated in the following manner. The results are shown in Table 8.
- <Evaluation of Image Quality>
- The image quality of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best image quality was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- <Evaluation of Gloss>
- The gloss of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best gloss was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- <Evaluation of Rigidity (Stiffness)>
- The rigidity (stiffness) of each electrophotographic print thus obtained was evaluated by hand-touch based on standard 1 to
standard 5, where the greater the figure is the better the rigidity (stiffness) is.TABLE 8 Image Rigidity Support Gloss quality (stiffness) Example B-5 Example B-1 A A 4 Example B-6 Example B-2 A B 4 Example B-7 Example B-3 A A 4 Example B-8 Example B-4 A A 4 Comparative Comparative D D 4 Example B-6 Example B-1 Comparative Comparative C D 4 Example B-7 Example B-2 Comparative Comparative C B 2 Example B-8 Example B-3 Comparative Comparative B A 2 Example B-9 Example B-4 Comparative Comparative D E 4 Example Example B-5 B-10 - With the image-recording material supports prepared in Example B-1 to Example B-4 and Comparative Example B-1 to Comparative Example B-5, gelatin 0.1 g/m2 was applied to the side (surface) to be formed with the image-recording layer. The thus obtained gelatin coat face was further coated with the overlapping coatings in the following order of: i) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for yellow coloring photograph, ii) gelatin intermediate layer, iii) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for magenta coloring photograph, iv) gelatin intermediate layer, v) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for cyanogen coloring photograph, and vi) gelatin protective layer, to thereby prepare the photographic printing paper sheets, respectively, of Example B-9 to Example B-12 and Comparative Example B-11 to Comparative Example B-15.
- The photographic printing papers thus obtained were exposed and developed to prepare photographic prints. For each photographic print, surface smoothness (small-scale irregularity (1 mm or less) and large-scale irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm)) was evaluated in the following manner. The results are shown in Table 9.
- <Surface Smoothness (Small-Scale Irregularity (1 mm or Less))>
- The surface appearance of each photographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best surface smoothness (small-scale irregularity (1 mm or less)) was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- <Surface Smoothness (Large-Scale Irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm))>
- The surface appearance of each photographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best surface smoothness (large-scale irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm)) was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
TABLE 9 Surface smoothness Small-scale Large-scale irregularity irregularity Support (1 mm or less) (5 mm to 6 mm) Example B-9 Example B-1 A A Example Example B-2 A A B-10 Example Example B-3 A A B-11 Example Example B-4 A A B-12 Comparative Comparative D D Example Example B-1 B-11 Comparative Comparative C C Example Example B-2 B-12 Comparative Comparative C C Example Example B-3 B-13 Comparative Comparative C B Example Example B-4 B-14 Comparative Comparative D E Example Example B-5 B-15
—Preparation of Image-Recording Material Support— - Broad-leaf (hardwood) tree bleached kraft pulp (LBKP) was beatens to a Canadian Standard Freeness (C. S. F.) of 300 ml using a disk refiner, to thereby prepare a pulp paper material having fiber length of 0.58 mm.
- To this pulp paper material, the following additives were added based on the pulp mass: cation starch 1.2% by mass, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD) 0.5% by mass, anion polyacrylamide 0.3% by mass, epoxidized fatty acid amide (EFA) 0.2% by mass, and polyamide polyamine epichlorohydrine 0.3% by mass. An alkyl part of the above alkyl ketene dimer originates from a fatty acid having a main component of behenic acid. A fatty acid part of the epoxidized fatty acid amide originates from a fatty acid having a main component of behenic acid.
- Thereafter, the pulp paper material was treated with a manual paper-making machine to make wet paper having an absolute dry weight of 160 g/m2 and water content of 68%.
- Both sides of the wet paper thus obtained were covered with filter paper and dehydrated using a wet press apparatus to adjust water content to 50%.
- The dehydrated wet paper was then dried with a press dry treatment apparatus similar to the one shown in
FIG. 1 (Static Condebelt available from VALMET) to prepare raw paper with water content of 7.1% after drying. The press dry treatment was performed in a condition where the temperature of an upper plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (surface) where an image-recording layer was to be formed was set at 160° C., the temperature of a lower plate which was in contact with the raw paper on the side (backface) where no image-recording layer was to be formed at 85° C., pressure was set at 0.45 MPa, and drying time was set at 1 second. - The press-dry-treated raw paper was then calendered using a machine calender apparatus under the following conditions. The paper was passed through so that a metal roller having a surface temperature of 110° C. was in contact with the side (surface) of the raw paper on which an image-recording layer was to be formed. The thus obtained raw paper has a density of 1.03 g/cm3.
- —Cast Coating Solution A—
- A cast coating solution A having solid density of 25% by mass was prepared which solution including 100 mass part of an amorphous silica (Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama) as a pigment, and 20 mass part of a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA105 made by KURARAY CO., LTD.) as a binder.
- —Cast Coating Solution B—
- A cast coating solution B having solid density of 25% by mass was prepared which solution including 100 mass part of an amorphous silica (Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama) as a pigment, and 10 mass part of a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA105 made by KURARAY CO., LTD.) as a binder.
- —Cast Coating Solution C—
- A cast coating solution C having solid density of 25% by mass was prepared which solution including 100 mass part of an amorphous silica (Fine seal X-37 made by Tokuyama) as a pigment, and 65 mass part of a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA105 made by KURARAY CO., LTD.) as a binder.
- A blade coater was used for coating a first face of a raw paper sheet with a cast coating solution A such that a dried amount of the cast coast coating solution A becomes 15 g/m2. Then, a coagulant (borax/water/surfactant (made by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Inc.)=97.8/2/0.2) was applied for performing coagulation such that its solid mass becomes 0.5 g/m2. Then, while being in a wet state, the thus obtained coat surface is pressed to a cast drum having a surface temperature of 100° C., to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Example C-1.
- Example C-1 was repeated, except that the cast coating solution A was replaced with a cast coating solution B, to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Example C-2.
- Example C-1 was repeated, except that the cast coating solution A was replaced with a cast coating solution C, to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Example C-3.
- Example C-1 was repeated, except that the cast coat treatment using the cast coating solution A was not performed, to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Comparative Example C-1.
- Example C-1 was repeated, except that the raw paper used was not subjected to the press dry treatment, to thereby produce an image-recording material support of Comparative Example C-2.
- Then, the supports of Example C-1 to Example C-3 and Comparative Example C-1 to Comparative Example C-2 were evaluated in terms of gloss and surface roughness. The results are shown in Table 10.
- <Evaluation of Gloss>
- The gloss of each support was visually observed and was evaluated. The support with the best gloss was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good.
- B: Good.
- C: Mediocre.
- D: Poor.
- E: Very poor.
- <Evaluation of Surface Smoothness>
- A surface configuration measuring apparatus SURFCOM 570A-3DF (made by Tokyo Seimitsu) was used for measuring the average center surface roughness (SRa) on the side (of the image-recording material support) to be formed with the image-recording layer, at the cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 6 mm.
- —Measuring Condition and Analysis Condition—
- Scanning direction: MD direction of sample.
- Measuring length: Machining paper direction (X-direction) 50 mm, and perpendicular direction (Y-direction) thereto 30 mm.
- Measuring pitch: X-direction 0.1 mm, Y-direction 0.1 mm.
- Scanning speed: 30 mm/sec.
- Band pass filter: 5 mm to 6 mm
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (SRa is 0.3 μm or less).
- B: Good (SRa is less than 0.5 μm).
- C: Mediocre (SRa is 0.5 μm to less than 1.0 μm).
- D: Poor (SRa is 1.0 μm to less than 2.0 μm).
- E: Very poor (SRa is 2.0 μm or more).
TABLE 10 Surface Gloss smoothness Example C-1 A A Example C-2 A B Example C-3 B A Comparative D D Example C-1 Comparative C D Example C-2 - The paper sheets (image-recording material supports) of Example C-1 to Example C-3 and Comparative Example C-1 to Comparative Example C-2 were used for preparing the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets, respectively, of Example C-4 to Example C-6 and Comparative Example C-3 to Comparative Example C-4, in the following methods.
- —Titanium Dioxide Dispersion Solution—
- The following components were blended and dispersed using an NBK-2 non-bubbling kneader (available from Nippon Seiki) to prepare a titanium dioxide dispersion solution (titanium dioxide pigment: 40% by mass).
Titanium dioxide 40.0 g (TIPAQUE (registered Trademark) A-220, available from Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.) Polyvinyl alcohol 2.0 g (PVA102, available from Kuraray Co., Ltd.) Ion exchange water 58.0 g
—Preparation of Coating Solution for Toner Image-Receiving Layer— - The following components were mixed and stirred to prepare the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer.
Aforementioned titanium dioxide dispersion 15.5 g solution Carnauba wax dispersion solution 15.0 g (Cellosol 524, available from Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.) Polyester resin aqueous dispersion 100.0 g (solids 30% by mass, KZA-7049, Unitika Ltd.) Thickener (Alcox E30, MEISEI CHEMICAL 2.0 g WORKS, LTD) Anionic surfactant (AOT) 0.5 g Ion exchange water 80 ml - The thus obtained coating solution for toner image-receiving layer had a viscosity of 40 mPa·s and a surface tension of 34 mN/m.
- —Preparation of Back Layer Coating Solution—
- The following components were mixed and stirred to prepare a back layer coating solution.
Acrylate resin aqueous dispersion 100.0 g (solids 30% by mass, High-Loss XBH-997L, available from Seiko Chemicals) Matting agent 5.0 g (Techpolymer MBX-12, available from Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) Releasing agent (Hydrin D337, Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.) 10.0 g Thickener (CMC) 2.0 g Anionic surfactant (AOT) 0.5 g Ion exchange water 80 ml - The thus obtained back layer coating solution had a viscosity of 35 mPa·s and a surface tension of 33 mN/m.
- —Coating of Back Layer and Toner Image-Receiving Layer—
- To the backface (namely, the side not to be formed with the toner image-receiving layer) of the image-recording material support of each of Example C-1 to Example C-3 and Comparative Example C-1 to Comparative Example C-2, the back layer coating solution was applied with a bar coater, such that the coating amount was 9 g/m2 in dry mass, to thereby form the back layer.
- Then, to the surface of the image-recording material support, the coating solution for toner image-receiving layer was applied with a bar coater in the same manner as the back layer, such that the coating amount was 12 g/m2 in dry mass, to thereby form the toner image-receiving layer. The content of the pigment in the toner image-receiving layer was 5% by mass, relative to the mass of the thermoplastic resin.
- After the back layer coating solution and the toner image-receiving layer coating solution were coated, they were dried by hot air, online. Airflow and temperature for drying were adjusted, so that both the back layer and the toner image-receiving layer were dried within 2 minutes after the coating. The point of dryness was determined when the surface temperature of the coating was equal to the wet-bulb temperature of the airflow for drying.
- After the drying, a calender treatment was performed. A gloss calender was used for the calender treatment in which the temperature of a metal roller was maintained at 40° C. and a nip pressure was set at 14.7 kN/m2 (15 kgf/cm2).
- Each of the thus obtained electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheets was cut to A4 size, and an image was printed thereon. The printer used here was a color laser printer (DocuColor 1250-PF) produced by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd., excluding that the fixing belt apparatus 1 shown in
FIG. 6 was installed. - Specifically, in the fixing belt apparatus 1 as shown in
FIG. 6 , a fixingbelt 2 is suspended around aheating roller 3 and atension roller 5. A cleaningroller 6 is provided via the fixingbelt 2 above thetension roller 5, and a pressurizingroller 4 is further provided via the fixingbelt 2 below theheating roller 3. InFIG. 6 , starting from the right-hand side, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet carrying a toner latent image was introduced between theheating roller 3 and the pressurizingroller 4, was fixed and then transported on the fixingbelt 2. Thereafter, in this process, the electrophotographic image-receiving paper sheet was cooled by acooling device 7, and the fixingbelt 2 was finally cleaned by a cleaningroller 6. - In the fixing belt apparatus 1, the transport speed at the fixing
belt 2 is 30 mm/sec, the nip pressure between theheating roller 3 and the pressurizingroller 4 was 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm2), and the temperature of theheating roller 3 was 150° C. which corresponded to the fixing temperature. The temperature of the pressurizingroller 4 was set at 120° C. - For each electrophotographic print thus obtained, image quality and gloss were evaluated in the following manner. The results are shown in Table 11.
- <Evaluation of Image Quality>
- The image quality of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best image quality was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- <Evaluation of Gloss>
- The gloss of each electrophotographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best gloss was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
TABLE 11 Image Support Gloss quality Example C-4 Example C-1 A A Example C-5 Example C-2 A B Example C-6 Example C-3 B A Comparative Comparative D D Example C-3 Example C-1 Comparative Comparative C D Example C-4 Example C-2 - —Preparation of Photographic Printing Paper—
- With the image-recording material supports prepared in Example C-1 to Example C-3 and Comparative Example C-1 to Comparative Example C-2, gelatin 0.1 g/m2 was applied to the side (surface) to be formed with the image-recording layer. The thus obtained gelatin coat face was further coated with the overlapping coatings in the following order of: i) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for yellow coloring photograph, ii) gelatin intermediate layer, iii) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for magenta coloring photograph, iv) gelatin intermediate layer, v) silver halide gelatin emulsion layer (10 g/m2) for cyanogen coloring photograph, and vi) gelatin protective layer, to thereby prepare the photographic printing paper sheets, respectively, of Example C-7 to Example C-9 and Comparative Example C-5 to Comparative Example C-6.
- The photographic printing papers thus obtained were exposed and developed to prepare photographic prints. For each photographic print, surface smoothness (small-scale irregularity (1 mm or less) and large-scale irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm)) was evaluated in the following manner. The results are shown in Table 12.
- <Surface Smoothness (Small-Scale Irregularity (1 mm or Less))>
- The surface appearance of each photographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best surface smoothness (small-scale irregularity (1 mm or less)) was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- <Surface Smoothness (Large-Scale Irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm))>
- The surface appearance of each photographic print was visually observed and was evaluated. The print with the best surface smoothness (large-scale irregularity (5 mm to 6 mm)) was assigned A, followed by B, C, D and E on the following basis.
- [Evaluation Standards]
- A: Very good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- B: Good (Effective for high image quality recording material).
- C: Mediocre (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- D: Poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
- E: Very poor (Ineffective for high image quality recording material).
TABLE 12 Surface smoothness Small-scale Large-scale irregularity irregularity Support (1 mm or less) (5 mm to 6 mm) Example C-7 Example C-1 A A Example C-8 Example C-2 A B Example C-9 Example C-3 A A Comparative Comparative D C Example C-5 Example C-1 Comparative Comparative C D Example C-6 Example C-2 - Under the present invention, an image-recording material support can be provided which has high planarity and excellent gloss. Moreover under the present invention, an image-recording material can be provided which allows an image-recording face after image-recording to have high-quality image and high gloss, and cause a small curl.
Claims (8)
1.-23. (canceled)
24. An image-recording material support, comprising:
a raw paper subjected to a press dry treatment; and
a coat layer,
wherein the coat layer is formed by transferring a surface appearance of a member with a smooth surface to at least a face of the raw paper which face is subjected to the press dry treatment,
wherein the paper satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) and (ii):
(i) the paper has an inner bonding strength, as defined in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, of 160 mJ or more, and an average center surface roughness on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, and
(ii) an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ρ (g/cm3) of the paper satisfy an expression S1/2/ρ3≧5.
25. The image-recording material support according to claim 24 , wherein the smooth surface of the member is a mirror face of a surface of a metal drum.
26. The image-recording material support according to claim 24 , wherein the coat layer is a cast coat layer.
27. The image-recording material support according to claim 24 , wherein the face subjected to the press dry treatment has an average center surface roughness of 0.5 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 5 mm to 6 mm.
28. An image-recording material, comprising:
an image-recording material support comprising
a raw paper subjected to a press dry treatment;
and a coat layer,
wherein the coat layer is formed by transferring a surface appearance of a member with a smooth surface to at least a face of the raw paper which face is subjected to the press dry treatment; and
an image-recording layer disposed on the image-recording material support,
wherein the paper satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) and (ii):
(i) the paper has an inner bonding strength, as defined in Japan Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry No. 54, of 160 mJ or more, and an average center surface roughness on at least one face of the paper is 0.9 μm or less at a cutoff wavelength of 0.3 mm to 0.4 mm, and
(ii) an Oken type smoothness S (second) on the at least one face of the paper, and a density ρ (g/cm3) of the paper satisfy an expression S1/2/ρ3≧15.
29. The image-recording material according to claim 28 , wherein the image-recording material is selected from the group consisting of an electrophotographic material, a heat sensitive material, an inkjet-recording material, a sublimation transfer material, a silver salt photographic material, and a heat transfer material.
30. The image-recording material according to claim 28 , wherein the coat layer is a cast coat layer.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/851,232 US20080047677A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2007-09-06 | Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material |
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2003-200599 | 2003-07-23 | ||
JP2003200599A JP4112446B2 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2003-07-23 | Electrophotographic / silver salt photographic material support, and electrophotographic material and silver salt photographic material |
JP2003205472A JP2005054279A (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2003-08-01 | Paper and support for image recording material and image recording material |
JP2003-205473 | 2003-08-01 | ||
JP2003-205472 | 2003-08-01 | ||
JP2003205473A JP2005054280A (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2003-08-01 | Paper and support for image recording material and image recording material |
US10/893,886 US20050020448A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2004-07-20 | Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material |
US11/851,232 US20080047677A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2007-09-06 | Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/893,886 Division US20050020448A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2004-07-20 | Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20080047677A1 true US20080047677A1 (en) | 2008-02-28 |
Family
ID=33493950
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/893,886 Abandoned US20050020448A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2004-07-20 | Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material |
US11/851,232 Abandoned US20080047677A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2007-09-06 | Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/893,886 Abandoned US20050020448A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2004-07-20 | Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US20050020448A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1500746A3 (en) |
CN (1) | CN100489668C (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8845091B2 (en) | 2009-03-18 | 2014-09-30 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Variable printing medium having high glossiness, and recording method |
US11339539B2 (en) | 2017-11-01 | 2022-05-24 | Kemira Oyj | Polymer product for improving retention of hydrophobic internal sizing agents in manufacture of paper or board |
Families Citing this family (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2004191654A (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2004-07-08 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Electrophotographic image receiving material and image forming method |
JP4133507B2 (en) * | 2003-03-28 | 2008-08-13 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Support for heat-sensitive recording material and heat-sensitive recording material using the same |
JP4069084B2 (en) * | 2004-01-29 | 2008-03-26 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image recording material and image forming method |
US7147909B2 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-12-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Electrophotographic media with carboxylic acid polymer |
US7687136B2 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2010-03-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Fuser-oil sorbent electrophotographic toner receiver layer |
US7754315B2 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2010-07-13 | Eastman Kodak Company | Marking enhancement layer for toner receiver element |
JP2006200071A (en) * | 2005-01-20 | 2006-08-03 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Support for image recording material and method for producing the same |
JP4932228B2 (en) * | 2005-02-04 | 2012-05-16 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Support for image recording material and image recording material |
JP2006240282A (en) * | 2005-02-04 | 2006-09-14 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Inkjet recording medium |
EP2511419B1 (en) * | 2005-11-01 | 2014-01-08 | International Paper Company | A paper substrate having enhanced print density |
US7682438B2 (en) | 2005-11-01 | 2010-03-23 | International Paper Company | Paper substrate having enhanced print density |
WO2009085308A2 (en) | 2007-12-26 | 2009-07-09 | International Paper Company | A paper substrate containing a wetting agent and having improved print mottle |
CA2738923C (en) | 2008-10-01 | 2016-06-21 | International Paper Company | A paper substrate containing a wetting agent and having improved printability |
CN104988794A (en) * | 2015-06-19 | 2015-10-21 | 赵兰 | Coating for improving smoothness of coated paper and application |
JP6791067B2 (en) * | 2017-04-18 | 2020-11-25 | 王子ホールディングス株式会社 | Base paper for thermal transfer paper and thermal transfer paper |
US12190756B2 (en) * | 2019-01-21 | 2025-01-07 | Yupo Corporation | Resin formed product with label, production method of resin formed product with label, and label |
AT522768B1 (en) * | 2019-08-16 | 2021-01-15 | Mondi Ag | Transfer paper for dye sublimation printing processes and processes for the production of transfer paper |
EP4177398B1 (en) | 2021-11-05 | 2024-08-14 | Ahlstrom Oyj | Transfer paper for sublimation printing |
Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4324613A (en) * | 1978-03-31 | 1982-04-13 | Douglas Wahren | Methods and apparatus for the rapid consolidation of moist porous webs |
US4791093A (en) * | 1985-10-15 | 1988-12-13 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heat-sensitive recording sheet |
US4935097A (en) * | 1985-02-08 | 1990-06-19 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills, Ltd. | Process for producing paper |
US5061677A (en) * | 1988-12-12 | 1991-10-29 | Tomoegawa Paper Co., Ltd. | Thermo-sensitive recording label paper |
US6338772B1 (en) * | 1998-10-27 | 2002-01-15 | Mitsui Chemicals Inc | Polyolefin synthetic pulp and use thereof |
US20020179269A1 (en) * | 1999-06-17 | 2002-12-05 | Metso Paper Karlstad Ab | Drying section and method for drying a paper web |
US20030082473A1 (en) * | 2001-06-22 | 2003-05-01 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Image-receiving sheet for electrophotography |
US6592984B1 (en) * | 1994-12-20 | 2003-07-15 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | Electrophotographic transfer paper |
US20030198885A1 (en) * | 2002-04-11 | 2003-10-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Recording material support, process for manufacturing the same, recording material and process for image formation |
US20040001963A1 (en) * | 2002-06-10 | 2004-01-01 | Oji Paper Co., Ltd. | Coated paper sheet |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1221853C (en) * | 2000-06-22 | 2005-10-05 | 株式会社理光 | Diazo copying material, diazo copying method and diazo copied image forming device |
CN1196027C (en) * | 2000-09-28 | 2005-04-06 | 富士写真胶片株式会社 | Silver halide photographic photosensitive material and image formation method |
-
2004
- 2004-07-20 US US10/893,886 patent/US20050020448A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-07-23 CN CNB2004100713861A patent/CN100489668C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2004-07-23 EP EP04254409A patent/EP1500746A3/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2007
- 2007-09-06 US US11/851,232 patent/US20080047677A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4324613A (en) * | 1978-03-31 | 1982-04-13 | Douglas Wahren | Methods and apparatus for the rapid consolidation of moist porous webs |
US4935097A (en) * | 1985-02-08 | 1990-06-19 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills, Ltd. | Process for producing paper |
US4791093A (en) * | 1985-10-15 | 1988-12-13 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heat-sensitive recording sheet |
US5061677A (en) * | 1988-12-12 | 1991-10-29 | Tomoegawa Paper Co., Ltd. | Thermo-sensitive recording label paper |
US6592984B1 (en) * | 1994-12-20 | 2003-07-15 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | Electrophotographic transfer paper |
US6338772B1 (en) * | 1998-10-27 | 2002-01-15 | Mitsui Chemicals Inc | Polyolefin synthetic pulp and use thereof |
US20020179269A1 (en) * | 1999-06-17 | 2002-12-05 | Metso Paper Karlstad Ab | Drying section and method for drying a paper web |
US20030082473A1 (en) * | 2001-06-22 | 2003-05-01 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Image-receiving sheet for electrophotography |
US20030198885A1 (en) * | 2002-04-11 | 2003-10-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Recording material support, process for manufacturing the same, recording material and process for image formation |
US20040001963A1 (en) * | 2002-06-10 | 2004-01-01 | Oji Paper Co., Ltd. | Coated paper sheet |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8845091B2 (en) | 2009-03-18 | 2014-09-30 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Variable printing medium having high glossiness, and recording method |
US11339539B2 (en) | 2017-11-01 | 2022-05-24 | Kemira Oyj | Polymer product for improving retention of hydrophobic internal sizing agents in manufacture of paper or board |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN100489668C (en) | 2009-05-20 |
CN1577116A (en) | 2005-02-09 |
EP1500746A2 (en) | 2005-01-26 |
EP1500746A3 (en) | 2006-08-30 |
US20050020448A1 (en) | 2005-01-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20080047677A1 (en) | Paper, image-recording material support, and image-recording material | |
US7485359B2 (en) | Support for image-recording material and image-recording material | |
US20080032071A1 (en) | Support for image recording medium, method of making the support and image recording medium made from the support | |
US20060198970A1 (en) | Support for electrophotographic recording medium, method for manufacturing the same and electrophotographic recording medium using the same | |
US7270869B2 (en) | Image-recording material, process for producing the same and process for forming image | |
US20090023090A1 (en) | Support for image recording material, method of producing the same, and image recording material and image recording method using the same | |
JP4703140B2 (en) | Support for electrophotographic material, method for producing the same, and electrophotographic material | |
US7687217B2 (en) | Image-receiving sheet for electrophotography and image forming process | |
US7387824B2 (en) | Support for image recording medium and image recording medium made from the support | |
US20060275587A1 (en) | Support for image recording medium, method for making the support and image ecording medium using the support | |
US20070254104A1 (en) | Support for image recording medium, method of making the support and image recording medium made from the support | |
US20060014640A1 (en) | Paper, method for manufacturing the same, image-recording material support, and image-recording material | |
JP4541968B2 (en) | Support for image recording material and image recording material | |
US20090061332A1 (en) | Image-recording material support, method for producing the same, and image-recording material | |
JP2005070753A (en) | Paper, method for manufacturing same, support for image recording material, and image recording material | |
US7744985B2 (en) | Image-recording material support, method for producing the same, and image recording material | |
JP2006070381A (en) | Support for image recording material and image-recording material | |
JP2006045693A (en) | Support for image recording material, method for producing the same and image recording material | |
JP2005326554A (en) | Support for image recording material and image recording material | |
JP2007171612A (en) | Support for image recording material and image recording material | |
JP2006043928A (en) | Support for image recording material, its manufacturing method and image recording material | |
JP2006045694A (en) | Support for image recording material, and image recording material | |
JP2007155872A (en) | Image recording material | |
JP2006047428A (en) | Support base for image recording material, its manufacturing method and image recording material | |
JP2006317880A (en) | Support for image recording material and image recording material |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |